Professional Documents
Culture Documents
06.05
Focused Product Line: Merit Tee-Lets and Drop Nipples
Anvil Steel Pipe Couplings and Small Steel Fittings SPF TM Grooved Fittings and OLets
We built our reputation from the ground up.
Beck Welded Pipe Nipples J.B. Smith Swage Nipples and Bull Plugs
Anvils history stretches back to the mid1800s,
when a company named Grinnell began Catawissa Wing Unions and Check Valves
providing its customers with the finest
Anvil International is the largest and most TODAY
quality pipe products. Since 2000, those quality
complete tting and hanger manufacturer
products and services and the people who in the world.
provide themhave been known as Anvil
International. Anvil customers receive the Anvil International acquires Star Pipe Products, 2004
Building and Construction Divisions (SPF) and
quality and integrity that have been building
forms AnvilStar Fire Products Division.
strong connections in both products and
business relationships for over 150 years.
Anvil International acquires Merit Manufacturing 2001
and Beck Manufacturing.
Grinnell Co. acquired by 1969 The industrys trusted manufacturer of pipe 2000
International Telephone products is renamed Anvil International, Inc.
Frederick Grinnell opens a piping 1909
and Telegraph.
products foundry in Cranston, RI, Tyco sells the distribution and manufacturing 1999
and eventually develops the operations known as Grinnell Supply Sales,
Grinnell Supply Sales Division. 1919 General Fire Extinguisher Co. but keeps the Grinnell trademark.
becomes Grinnell Co.
B U I L D I N G C O N N E C T I O N S T H A T L A S T
ANVIL
BRANDS:
ANVILBUILDING CONNECTIONS THAT LAST
Anvils focused product line consists of: OEMs, Anvil's focus has always been CONNECTING WITH WHOLESALERS:
on providing real solutions for your Wholesale distribution has always
Anvil Malleable & Cast Iron Fittings applications. Our representatives been a vital aspect of Anvil's business.
SPF Malleable, Cast & Ductile Iron are experts in the markets they serve,
INTRODUCTION
Our dedication to the wholesale
Fittings and understand the needs of your channel - and our customers there- is
Anvil Hangers, Supports business. Anvil will work with you to a driving force for our services. These
nd innovative products that meet your relationships remain a primary focus of
Anvil-Strut Strut and Strut Fittings demands and exceed your expectations. Anvil's innovation.
Beck Welded Pipe Nipples
Anvil Seamless Pipe Nipples CONNECTING WITH QUALITY: CONNECTING WITH CUSTOMERS:
SPF Steel Pipe Nipples Many things have changed during the
The most import connection that Anvil
150 years in the industry - including the
Anvil Steel Pipe Couplings & Small makes are the ones we make with our
name above our door - but our quality
Steel Fittings customers. In the eld, over the phone,
and commitment remains the best
Merit Tee-Lets & Drop Nipples or on the web, we strive to provide our
in the business. Our ISO 9001:2000
customers with the products, assistance,
Gruvlok Couplings, Fittings & Valves manufacturing facilities produce a range
and service they need - when they need
SPF Grooved Fittings & O'Lets of products unmatched by any other
it. Responsive and accessible customer
single manufacturer. Our responsive
J.B. Smith Swage Nipples & Bull support is what makes the difference
service sets an industry standard
Plugs between simply delivering products, and
for dependability and effectiveness
Catawissa Wing Unions & Check delivering solutions.
recognized around the world.
Valves Whatever the word "quality" meands
to your business, Anvil guarantees it in ANVIL
CONNECTING WITH CORE MARKETS: everything we do. BUILDING CONNECTIONS THAT LAST.
From plumbing, mechanical, and re
protection, to mining, oil & gas, and VISIT US ON THE WEB AT: www.anvilintl.com
ANVIL INTERNATIONALS history who provide themhave been known as Anvil International.
stretches back to the mid Anvil customers receive the quality and integrity that have
1800's when a company named Grinnell began providing been building strong connections in both products and
its customers with the nest quality pipe products. Since business relationships for over 150 years.
2000, those quality products and servicesand the people
INTRODUCTION
range in sizes through 30" nominal pipe
size and are offered in a variety of
styles. These products are used for
joining pipe in a wide variety
of piping systems. Gruvlok
couplings for grooved-end
pipe are designed to provide
a self-centering joint which
accommodates the application
of pressure, vacuum and
other external forces, while
limiting the burdensome need
for special supports, expansion
joints, etc.
The Gruvlok piping method offers
many mechanical design features
which benet the design engineer, the contractor, and the
end user. Utilization of the functional characteristics of the
Gruvlok coupling will aid in pipe system design and must be
considered for proper installation, assembly and performance.
6 www.anvilintl.com
TABLE OF CONTENTS CONT'D.
Series 171 Brass Ball Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . 87-88 Fig. 7551 45 Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Fig. 7082P Plain x Bevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Series 7500 Ball-valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89-90 Fig. 7560 Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Fig. 7077P Swaged Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Fig. 400G Silent Check Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Fig. 7572 (Gr x Gr) Concentric Reducer . . . . 117
Series 7800 Check Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Fig. 7561A (Gr x Gr x Gr) Reducing Tee . . . .118 HDPE COUPLINGS
GBV-G & GBV-A Balancing Valves . . . . . . 93-94 Fig. 7574 End Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Fig. 7305 HDPE Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
GBV-S & GBV-T Globe Valves. . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Fig. 7564A Reducing Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Fig. 7307 HDPE Transition Coupling . . . . . . .131
FTV-S & FTV-A Tri-Service Valves . . . . . . . 96-97 Fig. 7575 Reducing Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 Fig. 7312 HDPE Flange Adapter. . . . . . . . . . .132
Fig. 7260 Tee Strainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98-99 Fig. 7582 Transition Fitting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
Model 758G Grooved-End Wye Strainer . 100 Series 7500B Bronze Ball Valve . . . . . . . 121-122
SOCK-IT PIPING METHOD FITTINGS
Model 768G Grooved-end Wye Strainer . .101 Fig. 7100 90 Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Fig. 7250 Suction Diffuser . . . . . . . . . . . 102-104
GRUVLOK DI-LOK NIPPLES Fig. 7101 90 Reducing Elbow . . . . . . . . . . .134
Models GAV-15 Automatic Air Vents . . . . . 105 Fig. 7088 - Groove by Thread . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Fig. 7103 Straight Tee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Models GAV-30 Automatic Air Vents . . . . 106 Fig. 7089 - Groove by Groove . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Fig. 7105 Reducing Outlet Tee . . . . . . . . . . .135
Fig. AF21-GG Gr x Gr Flex Connector . . . . .107 Fig. 7090 - Thread by Thread . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Fig. 7106 Reducing Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Fig. 7107 Coupling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Fig. AF21-GF Gr x Fl Flex Connectors . . . . . 108 GRUVLOK PLAIN-END FITTINGS
Fig. AF21-FF Fl x Fl Flex Connectors . . . . . . 109 Fig. 7005 Roughneck Coupling . . . . . . . . . .124 STAINLESS STEEL METHOD
HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEMS Fig. 7050P 90 Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Fig. 7400SS Rigidlite Coupling. . . . . . . . . . .138
Fig. 7004 HPR Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Fig. 7051P 45 Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Series 7500 SS Grooved-End Ball Valve 139-140
Fig. 7004 EG End Guard Coupling . . . . . . 111 Fig. 7060P Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Fig. 7050SS 90 SS Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Fig. 7050 EG High Pressure 90 LR Elbow. . .112 Fig. 7068P Cross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Fig. 7051SS 45 SS Elbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Fig. 7051 EG High Pressure 45 LR Elbow . . .112 Fig. 7061P Reducing Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Fig. 7060SS SS Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Fig. 7060 EG High Pressure Tee . . . . . . . . . .112 Fig. 7069P 45 Lateral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Fig. 7074SS SS Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Fig. 7022 EG High-pressure Header Tee . . . .112 Fig. 7071P 90 True Wye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Fig. 7061SS SS Reducing Tees . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Fig. 7068 EG High Pressure Cross . . . . . . . . . 111 Fig. 7050LRP 90 LR Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128 Fig. 7072SS SS Concentric Reducers . . . . . . .143
Fig. 7051LRP 45 LR Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128 Fig. 7073SS SS Eccentric Reducers . . . . . . . .143
GRUVLOK ADVANCED COPPER METHOD Fig. 7084P & Fig. 7085P Flange Nipples . . . .129
Fig. 7400 Rigidlite Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . .113 Fig. 7075P Bull Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128 ROLL GROOVERS
Fig. 7012 Gruvlok Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . 114-115 Fig. 7080P Plain x Grooved . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 Model 1007 & 3007 Roll Groovers . . . . . . . 144
Fig. 7550 90 Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116 Fig. 7081P Plain x Thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 Model 3006 & 3006C Roll Groovers . . . . . .145
8 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Couplings
FIG. 7001, CONT'D.
STANDARD COUPLING
FIGURE 7001 STANDARD COUPLING DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
Z Bolt Specied
Y Max. Max. Range of Deection from Coupling Dimensions
Nom. Dimensions* Torque Approx.
O.D. Work. End Pipe End
Size Per Wt. Ea.
X Pressure Load Separation of Pipe X Y Z Qty. Size Min. Max.
Coupling
In./ In./ft.-
In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm Degrees In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-M Lbs./kN
GRUVLOK
DN(mm) mm/m
SIZES 1" - 14" 5 5.563 1000 24,306 0-14 2 35' 0.54 714 1114 2 2 34 x 412 130 180 9.6
125 141.3 68.9 108.12 0-6.4 45.1 184 286 51 M20 x 110 175 245 4.4
Y Z 612 O.D. 6.500 1000 33,183 0-14 2 12' 0.46 814 1134 2 2 34 x 412 130 180 11.8
165.1 165.1 68.9 147.61 0-6.4 38.4 210 298 51 M20 x 110 175 245 5.4
X
6 6.625 1000 34,472 0-14 2 10' 0.45 858 1134 2 2 3
4 x 412 130 180 11.8
150 168.3 68.9 153.34 0-6.4 37.8 219 298 51 M20 x 110 175 245 5.4
8 8.625 800 46,741 0-14 1 40' 0.35 11 1438 238 2 7
8 x 512 180 220 21.7
200 219.1 55.2 207.91 0-6.4 29.1 279 365 60 M22 x 140 245 300 9.8
SIZES 16" - 24" 10 10.750 800 72,610 0-14 1 20' 0.28 1318 1658 258 2 78 x 512 180 220 27.0
250 273.0 55.2 322.99 0-6.4 23.3 333 422 67 M22 x 140 245 300 12.2
Y Z 12 12.750 800 102,141 0-14 1 7' 0.23 1512 1858 258 2 78 x 6 180 220 35.0
300 323.9 55.2 454.35 0-6.4 19.5 394 473 67 M22 x 150 245 300 15.9
X
14 14.000 300 46,181 0-14 1 2' 0.22 1618 2012 3 2 78 x 512 180 220 37.0
350 355.6 20.7 205.43 0-6.4 18.0 410 521 76 M22 x 140 245 300 16.8
16 16.000 300 60,319 0-14 0 54' 0.19 1818 2278 3 4 1x4 200 250 50.0
400 406.4 20.7 268.31 0-6.4 15.7 460 581 76 * - - 22.7
SIZES 28" - 30" 18 18.000 300 76,341 0-14 0 48' 0.17 2118 2538 318 4 1x4 200 250 72.0
450 457.2 20.7 339.58 0-6.4 14.0 537 645 79 * - - 32.7
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 9
Couplings
FIG. 7001, CONT'D.
STANDARD COUPLING
FIGURE 7001 STANDARD COUPLING DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE)
Z Deection Bolt Specied
Y Max. Max. Range of Coupling Dimensions
Nom. from CL Dimensions* Torque Approx.
O.D. Work. End Pipe End
X Size Per Per. Wt. Ea.
Pressure Load Separation X Y Z Qty. Size Min. Max.
Coupling In/Ft.
In./ In./ft.-
In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm Degrees In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-M Lbs./kN
GRUVLOK
DN(mm) mm/m
SIZES 1" - 14"
20 20.000 300 94,248 0-14 0 43' 0.15 23 2814 318 4 118 x 412 225 275 82.0
500 508.0 20.7 419.23 0-6.4 12.5 584 718 79 * - - 37.2
Z
Y 24 24.000 300 135,717 0-14 0 36' 0.13 27 3238 318 4 118 x 412 225 275 90.0
600 609.6 20.7 603.70 0-6.4 10.5 686 822 79 * - - 40.8
X 28" O.D. 28.875 150 98,226 0-14 0 33' 0.12 3312 3512 318 6 1 x 512 200 250 105.0
733.4 733.4 10.3 436.93 0-6.4 9.6 851 902 79 * - - 47.6
30" O.D. 31.00 150 113,215 0-14 0 28' 0.10 3334 3814 358 6 1 x 512 200 250 137.0
SIZES 16" - 24" 787.4 787.4 10.3 503.61 0-6.4 8.1 857 972 92 * - - 62.1
* Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated.
Z For additional details see Coupling Data Chart Notes on page 262.
Y
For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.
See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 148-149.
X Not for use in copper systems.
10 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Couplings
FIG. 7011
STANDARD COUPLING Z
Y
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7011 STANDARD COUPLING
Max. Max. Range of Specied
Nominal Deection from CL Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts*
Torque Approx.
O.D. Working End Pipe End
Size Wt. Ea.
Pressure Load Separation Per Coupling Per in./ft. X Y Z Qty. Size Min. Max.
In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm Degrees mm/m In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./M-M Lbs./Kg
30 O.D. 30.000 300 212,058 0 -316 0 40' 0.14 34 3912 5 6 114 x 438 600 800 200
750 762.0 20.7 943.2 0 - 4.8 11.5 864 1003 127 - - 90.9
Working pressure and end load values are for standard wall pipe.
Roll and Cut Grooving Specications can be found in the technical data section.
See technical data section for design factors.
For additional details see Coupling Data Chart Notes on page 262.
For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.
* Available in ANSI bolt sizes only as indicated.
See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 150-151.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 11
Couplings
FIG. 7401
RIGIDLOK COUPLING
FIGURE 7401 RIGIDLOK COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
Z Max. Max. Range of Coupling Dimensions Specied
Y Nominal Coupling Bolts*
O.D. Working End Pipe End Torque Approx.
Size Wt. Ea.
Pressure Load Separation X Y Z Qty. Size Min. Max.
In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-M Lbs./Kg
X
112 1.900 750 2,126 0 -18 3 518 178 2 38 x 214 30 45 1.8
GRUVLOK
18" - 24"
12 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Couplings
FIG. 7401, CONT'D.
RIGIDLOK COUPLING
FIGURE 7401 RIGIDLOK COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM NEXT PAGE)
Max. Range of Specied
Y Z Nominal Max. End Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts* Approx.
O.D. Working Pipe End Torque
Size Load Wt. Ea.
Pressure Separation X Y Z Qty. Size Min. Max.
In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-M Lbs./Kg
X 8 8.625 600 35,056 0 -14 1012 1418 258 2 34 x 412130 180 15.9
GRUVLOK
200 219.1 51.7 155.94 0 - 6.4 267 359 67 M20 x 110 175 245 7.2
10 10.750 500 45,381 0 -14 1278 1712 258 2 1x6 200 250 25.6
112" - 14"
250 273.1 51.7 201.87 0 - 6.4 327 445 67 M24 x 150 270 340 11.6
Z 12 12.750 400 51,070 0 -14 15 1912 258 2 78 x 6 180 220 30.5
Y 300 323.9 51.7 227.17 0 - 6.4 381 495 67 M22 x 150 245 300 13.8
14 14.000 300 46,181 0 -14 1614 1934 3 2 78 x 512 180 220 36.1
350 355.6 20.7 205.43 0 - 6.4 413 502 76 245 300 16.4
X
16 16.000 300 60,319 0 -14 1818 2214 3 3 78 x 512 180 220 42.0
400 406.4 20.7 268.31 0 - 6.4 460 565 76 245 300 19.1
18 18.000 300 76,341 0 -14 2012 2438 318 4 1x4 200 250 51.6
450 457.2 20.7 339.58 0 - 6.4 521 619 79 270 340 23.4
16" 20 20.000 300 94,248 0 -14 23 2678 318 4 1x4 200 250 68.3
500 508.0 20.7 419.23 0 - 6.4 581 683 79 270 340 31.0
Y Z
24 24.000 250 113,097 0 -14 2718 3078 318 4 1x4 200 250 89.3
600 609.6 17.2 503.08 0 - 6.4 689 784 79 270 340 40.5
* Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated.
X Not for use in copper systems.
For additional details see Coupling Data Chart Notes on page 262.
For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.
See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 152-153.
18" - 24"
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 13
Couplings
FIG. 7000
LIGHTWEIGHT FLEXIBLE COUPLING
FIGURE 7000 COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
Z Deection Coupling Specied
Y Max. Max. Range of Coupling Bolts Approx.
Nom. from CL Dimensions Torque
O.D. Working End Pipe End Wt.
Size Per Per
Pressure Load Separation X Y Z Qty. Size Min. Max. Ea.
Coupling in./ft.
X
In./
GRUVLOK
In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm Degrees mm/m In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-M Lbs./Kg
DN(mm)
1 1.315 600 815 0 -18 5 26' 1.14 238 414 134 2 38 x 214 30 45 1.3
25 33.4 41.4 3.62 0 - 3.2 94.7 60 108 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.6
114 1.660 600 1,299 0 -18 4 19' 0.90 234 438 134 2 3
8 x 214 30 45 1.4
32 42.2 41.4 5.78 0 - 3.2 75.3 70 111 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.6
112 1.900 600 1,701 0 -18 3 46' 0.79 3 458 134 2 38 x 214 30 45 1.5
40 48.3 41.4 7.57 0 - 3.2 65.7 76 117 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.7
2 2.375 600 2,658 0 -18 3 1' 0.63 312 512 134 2 38 x 214 30 45 1.7
50 60.3 41.4 11.82 0 - 3.2 52.6 89 140 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.8
212 2.875 600 3,895 0 -18 2 29' 0.52 4 534 134 2 3
8 x 214 30 45 1.9
65 73.0 41.4 17.33 0 - 3.2 43.3 102 146 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.9
3 O.D. 2.996 600 4,230 0 -18 2 23' 0.50 4 618 134 2 38 x 214 80 100 2.3
76.1 76.1 41.4 18.82 0 - 3.2 41.6 102 156 44 M10 x 57 110 150 1.0
3 3.500 600 5,773 0 -18 2 3' 0.43 458 634 134 2 12 x 234 80 100 2.9
80 88.9 41.4 25.68 0 - 3.2 35.8 117 171 44 M12 x 70 110 150 1.3
312 4.000 600 7,540 0 -18 1 48' 0.38 518 758 134 2 12 x 3 80 100 3.1
90 101.6 41.4 33.54 0 - 3.2 31.4 130 194 44 M12 x 76 110 150 1.4
414 O.D. 4.250 600 8,512 0 -14 3 22' 0.70 512 734 2 2 12 x 3 80 100 4.0
108.0 108.0 41.4 37.86 0 - 6.4 58.7 140 197 51 M12 x 76 110 150 1.8
4 4.500 600 9,543 0 -14 3 11' 0.67 578 818 2 2 12 x 3 80 100 4.6
100 114.3 41.4 42.45 0 - 6.4 55.5 149 206 51 M12 x 76 110 150 2.1
14 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Couplings
FIG. 7000, CONT'D.
LIGHTWEIGHT FLEXIBLE COUPLING
GRUVLOK
In./
In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm Degrees mm/m In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-M Lbs./Kg
DN(mm)
514 O.D. 5.236 500 10,766 0 -14 2 44' 0.57 612 918 2 2 58 x 312 100 130 5.7
133.0 133.0 34.5 47.89 0 - 6.4 47.7 165 232 51 M16 x 85 135 175 2.6
512 O.D. 5.500 500 11,879 0 -14 2 36' 0.54 634 938 2 2 58 x 312 100 130 6
139.7 139.7 34.5 52.84 0 - 6.4 45.4 171 238 51 M16 x 85 135 175 2.7
5 5.563 500 12,153 0 -14 2 35' 0.54 7 5
9 8 2 2 58 x 312 100 130 6.1
125 141.3 34.5 54.06 0 - 6.4 45.1 178 244 51 M16 x 85 135 175 2.8
1
6 4 O.D. 6.259 500 15,384 0 -14 2 17' 0.48 1 3
7 2 10 8 2 2 58 x 312 100 130 6.7
159.0 159.0 34.5 68.43 0 - 6.4 39.8 191 264 51 M16 x 85 135 175 3.0
612 O.D. 6.500 500 16,592 0 -14 2 12' 0.46 734 1034 2 2 58 x 312 100 130 7.0
165.1 165.1 34.5 73.80 0 - 6.4 34.8 197 273 51 M16 x 85 135 175 3.2
6 6.625 500 17,236 0 -14 2 10' 0.45 8 11 2 2 58 x 312 100 130 8.1
150 168.3 34.5 76.67 0 - 6.4 37.8 203 279 51 M16 x 85 135 175 3.7
8 8.625 500 29,213 0 -14 1 40' 0.35 10 1314 238 2 34 x 412 130 180 14.2
200 219.1 34.5 129.95 0 - 6.4 29.1 264 337 60 M20 x 110 175 245 6.4
For additional details see Coupling Data Chart Notes on page 262.
For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.
Not for use in copper systems.
See Installation & Assembly directions on page 154-155.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 15
Couplings
FIG. 7400
RIGIDLITE COUPLING
FIGURE 7400 RIGIDLITE COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
Y Z Max. Max. Range of Specied
Nominal Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts Approx.
O.D. Wk. End Pipe End Torque
Size Wt. Ea.
Pressure Load Separation X Y Z Qty. Size Min. Max.
In./
In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-M Lbs./Kg
DN(mm)
GRUVLOK
16 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Couplings
FIG. 7400, CONT'D.
RIGIDLITE COUPLING
FIGURE 7400 RIGIDLITE COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE).
Z Max. Max. Range of Specied
Y Nominal Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts Approx.
O.D. Wk. End Pipe End Torque
Size Wt. Ea.
Pressure Load Separation X Y Z Qty. Size Min. Max.
In./
In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-M Lbs./Kg
DN(mm)
GRUVLOK
X 512 O.D. 5.500 300 7,127 0 -14 634 914 2 2 12 x3 80 100 4.5
139.7 139.7 20.7 31.70 0 - 6.4 171 235 51 M12 x 76 110 150 2.0
5 5.563 300 7,292 0 -14 678 914 2 2 12 x 3 80 100 4.6
125 141.3 20.7 32.44 0 - 6.4 175 235 51 M12 x 76 110 150 2.1
612 O.D. 6.500 300 9,955 0 -14 734 1038 2 2 12 x 3 80 100 5.5
165.1 165.1 20.7 44.28 0 - 6.4 200 264 51 M12 x 76 110 150 2.5
6 6.625 300 10,341 0 -14 778 1038 2 2 12 x 3 80 100 5.5
150 168.3 20.7 46.00 0 - 6.4 200 264 51 M12 x 76 110 150 2.5
8 8.625 300 17,528 0 -18 1014 1234 238 2 12 x 3 80 100 8.4
200 219.1 20.7 77.97 0 - 3.2 260 324 60 M12 x 76 110 150 3.8
For additional details see Coupling Data Chart Notes on page 262.
For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.
Not for use in copper systems.
See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 156-157
Other sizes available, contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 17
Couplings
FIG. 7003
HINGELOK COUPLING
FIGURE 7003 HINGELOK COUPLING
Z Nominal Max. Wk. Max. End Range of Pipe Deection from CL Coupling Dimensions Approx.
Y O.D.
Size Pressure Load End Separation Per Coupling Per in./ft. X Y Z Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm Degrees mm/m In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
112 1.900 300 851 0 -18 3 46' 0.79 358 414 178 1.7
40 48.3 20.7 3.78 0 - 3.2 65.7 92 108 48 0.8
GRUVLOK
X 2 2.375 300 1,329 0 -18 3 1' 0.63 414 478 178 2.2
50 60.3 20.7 5.91 0 - 3.2 52.6 108 124 48 1.0
212 2.875 300 1,948 0 -18 2 29' 0.52 514 578 178 3.2
65 73.0 20.7 8.66 0 - 3.2 43.3 133 149 48 1.5
3 3.500 300 2,886 0 -18 2 3' 0.43 558 612 178 3.6
80 88.9 20.7 12.84 0 - 3.2 35.8 143 165 48 1.6
4 4.500 300 4,771 0 -14 3 11' 0.67 7 734 2 5.1
SPECIAL NOTE: 100 114.3 20.7 21.22 0 - 6.4 55.5 178 197 51 2.3
Fig. 7003 Hingelok Couplings are not 5 5.563 300 7,292 0 -14 2 35' 0.54 858 912 218 9.5
designed for eccentric loading and
125 141.3 20.7 32.44 0 - 6.4 45.1 219 241 54 4.3
therefore are not recommended for
use at the end of concrete pumping 6 6.625 300 10,341 0 -14 2 10' 0.45 978 1078 218 11.2
booms or vertical risers above 30 150 168.3 20.7 46.00 0 - 6.4 37.8 251 276 54 5.1
feet (9.1 meters). Shockload must 8 8.625 300 17,528 0 -14 1 40' 0.35 12 1318 212 18.1
be considered and is to be included 200 219.1 20.7 77.97 0 - 6.4 29.1 305 333 64 8.2
in the maximum working pressure
listed above. Coupling keys, gasket For additional details see Coupling Data Chart Notes CAUTION: Hammering or banging on the handle or coupling housing
cavity, and pipe grooves must be on page 262. could cause serious damage to the locking device and coupling assembly.
kept free of all foreign matter. Proper Not for use in copper systems. The result may be an unsuitable pipe joint and unusable coupling assembly.
anchoring practice must always be See Installation & Assembly directions on When re-using, always check for gasket damage, housing hinge and
exercised. pages 158-159 handle for looseness, distortion bent or any other damage.
18 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Couplings
FIG. 7010
REDUCING COUPLING
Y Z
Reducing
Coupling Housing
X
Gasket
Fig. 7010
GRUVLOK
Gasket Center Rib Coupling with Gasket
Gasket
Fig. 7010
Gasket Center Rib Coupling with Gasket
GRUVLOK
20 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Couplings
FIG. 7012
GRUVLOK FLANGES Y
Z Z
Y X
GRUVLOK
Amax. Bmin.
2"-12" sizes 14"-24" sizes
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 21
Couplings
FIG. 7012, CONT'D
GRUVLOK FLANGES Y
Z Z
Y X
X
GRUVLOK
Amax. Bmin.
2"-12" sizes 14"-24" sizes
GRUVLOK FIGURE 7012 FLANGE: (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE)
Max. Max. Latch Bolt Mating Flange Bolts
Nominal Specied Dimensions Sealing Surface Specied Approx.
O.D. Working End Latch* Mating Flange Bolts
Size Torque Torque Wt. Ea.
Pressure Load Bolt Size Min. Max. X Y Z A Max. B Min. Qty. ANSI Size (ANSI) Min. Max.
In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm Ft.-Lbs/N-M In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm PN10 (16) in. (ISO) mm Ft.-Lbs/N-M Lbs./Kg
38 x 234
5 5.563 300 7,292 30 45 10 1212 78 5916 634 8 34 x 278 220 250 8.8
125 141.3 20.7 32.44 M10 x 70 40 60 254 318 22 141 171 - - 298 339 4.0
612 O.D. 6.500 300 9,955 - 30 45 1114 14 78 658 71316 - - 220 250 9.7
165.1 165.1 20.7 44.28 M10 x 70 40 60 286 356 22 168 198 8 M20 x 80 298 339 4.4
38 x 234 78
6 6.625 300 10,341 30 45 11 14 658 71316 8 34 x 318 220 250 9.6
150 168.3 20.7 46.00 M10 x 70 40 60 279 356 22 168 198 8 M20 x 80 298 339 4.4
38 x 234
8 8.625 300 17,528 30 45 1312 1612 1 858 10 8 34 x 314 220 250 15.6
200 219.1 20.7 77.97 M10 x 70 40 60 343 419 25 219 254 8 (12) M20 x 80 298 339 7.1
38 x 234
10 10.750 300 27,229 30 45 16 19 1 1034 1218 12 78 x 312 320 400 18.2
250 273.1 20.7 121.12 M10 x 70 40 60 406 483 25 273 308 12 M20 x 90 439 542 8.3
38 x 234
12 12.750 300 38,303 30 45 19 2134 114 1234 1418 12 78 x 334 320 400 29.9
300 323.9 20.7 170.38 M10 x 70 40 60 483 552 32 324 359 12 - 439 542 13.6
22 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Couplings
FIG. 7012, CONT'D.
GRUVLOK FLANGES
GRUVLOK
In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm Ft.-Lbs/N-M In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm PN10 (16) in. (ISO) mm Ft.-Lbs/N-M Lbs./Kg
1 1
12 (PN) 12.750 300 38,303 - 40 60 18 8 21 4 1 1234 1418 12 - 320 400 20.9
300 323.9 20.7 170.38 M10 x 70 30 45 460 540 25 324 359 12 M20 x 90 439 542 9.5
14 14.000 300 46,181 8 x 414
5
100 130 21 24 112 14 16 12 1 x 414 360 520 52.5
350 355.6 20.7 205.43 - 136 176 533 610 38 356 406 - - 488 705 23.8
16 16.000 300 60,319 58 x 414 100 130 2312 2612 112 16 18 16 1 x 414 360 520 67.0
400 406.4 20.7 268.31 - 136 176 597 673 38 406 457 - - 488 705 30.4
18 18.000 300 76,341 34 x 5 130 180 25 29 158 18 20 16 118 x 434 450 725 82.5
450 457.2 20.7 339.58 - 176 244 635 737 41 457 508 - 610 983 37.4
20 20.000 300 94,248 34 x 5 130 180 2712 3112 134 20 22 20 118 x 434 450 725 106.5
500 508.0 20.7 419.23 - 176 244 699 800 44 508 559 - 610 983 48.3
24 24.000 250 113,097 78 x 512 180 220 32 3612 178 24 26 20 114 x 512 620 1,000 138.5
600 609.6 17.2 503.08 - 244 298 813 927 48 610 660 - - 841 1,356 62.8
PN 16 uses M24 x 90 (PN) Dimensions for bolt circle PN 10 & 16 Flange. buttery valve. Flange can be assembled to one side of series 7500 and 7600
* Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated. valve only.
Based on use with standard wall pipe. Mating ange bolts must be at least Intermediate Strength Bolting per ASME B16.5.
For additional Bolt Torque information, see page 200 Bolts with material properties equal or greater than SAE J429 Grade 5 are acceptable.
The Gruvlok Flange bolt hole pattern conforms to ANSI Class 150 & Class 125 Refer to Gruvlok Products Catalog or Anvil's web site for more information on
anges. installing this ange.
To avoid interference issues, anges cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 162-167.
For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart notes" on page 262.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 23
Couplings
FIG. 7013
GRUVLOK FLANGES
(#300 FLANGE) GRUVLOK FIGURE 7013 FLANGE
Latch* Specied Sealing Mating
Nominal O.D. Max. Max. Dimensions
Wk. End Bolt Torque Surface Flange Bolts Approx.
Size Qty. Size Wt. Ea.
Pressure Load Size Min. Max. X Y Z A Max. B Min. ANSI (ANSI) in.
In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In. Ft.-Lbs/N-M In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm (ISO) mm Lbs./Kg
38 x 212
2 2.375 750 3,323 30 45 612 8 1 238 3716 8 58 x 3 5.0
50 60.3 51.7 14.78 - 165 203 25 60 87 - - 2.3
GRUVLOK
212 2.875 750 4,869 38 x 212 30 45 712 918 1 278 4 8 34 x 314 6.9
Amax. Bmin.
65 73.0 51.7 21.66 - 191 232 25 73 102 - - 3.1
3
3 3.500 750 7,216 8 x 212 30 45 814 978 118 312 4916 8 3
4 x 312 9.4
80 88.9 51.7 32.10 - 210 251 29 89 116 - - 4.3
3
4 4.500 750 11,928 8 x 212 30 45 10 1138 114 412 558 8 3
4 x 334 14.4
Y Z 100 114.3 51.7 53.06 - 254 289 32 114 143 - - 6.5
X 5 5.563 750 18,229 38 x 212 30 45 11 1258 138 5916 634 8 34 x 412 18.3
125 141.3 51.7 81.09 - 279 321 35 141 171 - - 8.3
38 x 212
6 6.625 750 25,854 30 45 1212 1418 112 658 71316 12 34 x 412 24.9
150 168.3 51.7 115.00 - 318 359 38 168 198 - - 11.3
12 x 312
8 8.625 750 43,820 80 100 15 1678 158 858 10 12 78 x 434 35.4
200 219.1 51.7 194.92 - 381 429 41 219 254 - - 16.1
12 x 312
10 10.750 750 68,072 80 100 1712 1938 178 10 4 1218
3 16 1x5 54.0
250 273.1 51.7 302.80 - 445 492 48 273 308 - - 24.5
12 x 312
12 12.750 750 95,757 80 100 2012 2212 2 1234 14316 16 118 x 534 74.8
300 323.9 51.7 425.95 - 521 572 51 324 360 - - 33.9
* Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated. Flange cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 buttery valve. Flange can be as-
Effective sealing area of mating ange must be free from gouges, undulations or defor- sembled to one side of series 7500 & 7600 valve.
mities of any type to ensure proper sealing of the gasket. For Bolt Torque information, see page 200
Not for use with copper systems. For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart notes" on page 262.
Based on use with standard wall pipe.
24 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Couplings
FIG. 7240
EXPANSION JOINTS
7240 PERFORMANCE DATA
X Compressed Expanded Coupling Total
Nominal Coupling Number of
O.D. X Y Length Length Movement Movement
Size Figure Couplings
L L Capability Capability
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm
GRUVLOK
Y 2 2.375 7000 312 512 30 3114 18 10 114
50 60.3 89 125 450 794 3.2 31.8
212 2.875 7000 4 534 30 3114 18 10 114
65 73.0 100 146 450 794 3.2 31.8
3 3.500 7000 458 634 30 3114 18 10 114
80 88.9 117 171 450 794 3.2 31.8
4 4.500 7000 578 818 1712 1834 1
4 5 114
100 114.3 149 206 445 476 6.4 31.8
GRUVLOK
4'' FIG. 7000
NIPPLE
5 5.562 7000 7 958 19 2014 14 5 114
125 141.3 178 244 483 514 6.4 31.8
GRUVLOK
4'' FIG. 7000 6 6.625 7000 8 11 19 2014 1
4 5 114
150 168.3 200 279 483 514 6.4 31.8
L COUPLING
GRUVLOK
4'' FIG. 7000
8 8.625 7000 1038 1314 2212 2334 14 5 114
200 219.0 264 337 572 603 6.4 31.8
GRUVLOK
4'' FIG. 7000
10 10.750 7001 1278 1712 2312 2434 14 5 114
250 273.1 327 445 597 629 6.4 31.8
12 12.750 7001 15 1912 2312 2434 14 5 114
GRUVLOK
4'' FIG. 7000
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 25
Branch Outlets
FIG. 7042
OUTLET COUPLING
FIGURE 7042 - OUTLET COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
Nominal Pipe Size Max. Range of Approx.
Working Coupling Dimensions Bolt
F Outlet
Run End Pipe End Wt.
Run FPT MPT/Grv. Pressure FPT MPT Grv. Size
X Load Separation X Y Z Each
F M/G F M G
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm psi/bar Lbs./kN In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
12 34-1116
Y
500 1418 21516 434 234 2116 212 38 x 218 2.6
GRUVLOK
26 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Branch
Branch
Outlets
Outlets
FIG. 7042, CONT'D.
OUTLET COUPLING FIGURE 7042 - OUTLET COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE).
Nominal Pipe Size Max. Range of Approx.
Working Coupling Dimensions Bolt
Outlet
F Run End Pipe End Wt.
Run FPT MPT/Grv. Pressure FPT MPT Grv. Size
Load Separation X Y Z Each
X F M/G F M G
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm psi/bar Lbs./kN In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
34 500 4811 1316-112 434 714 314 21316 338 12 x 3 7.9
GRUVLOK
Y 20 34.5 21.40 30-38 121 184 83 72 86 3.6
Female IPS Outlet- 7042F 3 1 1 500 4811 1316-112 434 714 314 234 338 4 12 x 3 7.9
80 25 25 34.5 21.40 30-38 121 184 83 70 86 102 3.6
112 500 4811 1316-112 434 714 314 4 12 x 3 8.6
M 40 34.5 21.40 30-38 121 184 83 102 3.9
34 500 7952 1916-178 6316 878 358 31116 414 58 x 312 9.9
X 20 34.5 35.37 40-48 157 225 92 94 108 4.5
1 500 7952 1916-178 6316 878 358 3916 414 58 x 312 9.9
Y 4 25 34.5 35.37 40-48 157 225 92 91 108 4.5
Male IPS Outlet - 7042M 100 112 500 7952 1916-178 6316 878 358 478 5
8 x 312 11.0
25 34.5 35.37 40-48 157 225 92 124 5.0
Z
2 500 7952 1916-178 6316 878 358 478 58 x 312 11.0
50 34.5 35.37 40-48 157 225 92 124 5.0
1 500 17236 158-11516 818 1114 334 434 538 5
8 x 312 18.0
G 25 34.5 76.66 41-51 206 286 95 121 137 8.2
6 112 112 500 17236 158-11516 818 1114 334 434 538 6 58 x 312 18.0
X 150 40 40 34.5 76.66 41-51 206 286 95 121 137 152 8.2
2 500 17236 158-11516 818 1114 334 6 5
8 x 312 18.7
Y 50 34.5 76.66 41-51 206 286 95 152 8.5
Pipe ends must be prepared in accordance with Gruvlok "Roll or For a one-time eld test only, the maximum working pressure may
Grooved Outlet - 7042G Cut Groove Specications for Steel & Other IPS or ISO size Pipe". be increased 112 times the gure shown.
Pressure & end load ratings are for use with standard wall steel pipe. Not for use in copper systems.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 27
Branch Outlets
FIG. 7045
CLAMP-T, FPT BRANCH Y Z
Y Z
T V T
V
W W
Fig. 7045 Fig. 7045 (U-Bolt)
U
GRUVLOK
GRUVLOK
65 x 40 73.0 x 48.3 51 54 34.5 62 14 79 44 156 86 - 1.5
3 x 12 3.500 x 0.840 112 158 500 2916 916 3 218 7 334 12 U-Bolt 30 40 2.8
80 x 15 88.9 x 21.3 38 41 34.5 65 14 76 54 178 95 - 1.2
3 x 34 3.500 x 1.050 112 158 500 2716 916 3 218 7 334 12 U-Bolt 30 40 2.7
80 x 20 88.9 x 26.7 38 41 34.5 62 14 76 54 178 95 - 1.2
3x1 3.500 x 1.315 112 158 500 2516 916 3 218 7 334 12 U-Bolt 30 40 2.7
80 x 25 88.9 x 33.7 38 41 34.5 59 14 76 54 178 95 - 1.2
3 x 114 3.500 x 1.660 2 218 500 21116 112 338 218 678 334 12 x 234 80 100 3.4
80 x 32 88.9 x 42.4 51 54 34.5 68 38 86 54 175 95 - 1.5
3 x 112 3.500 x 1.900 2 218 500 21116 112 338 218 678 334 12 x 234 80 100 4.4
80 x 40 88.9 x 48.3 51 54 34.5 68 38 86 54 175 95 - 2.0
3x2 3.500 x 2.375 212 258 500 21116 112 338 218 678 418 12 x 234 80 100 4.6
80 x 50 88.9 x 60.3 64 67 34.5 68 38 86 54 175 105 - 2.1
4 x 12 4.500 x 0.840 112 158 500 3116 916 312 258 734 334 12 U-Bolt 30 40 2.9
100 x 15 114.3 x 21.3 38 41 34.5 76 14 89 67 197 95 - 1.3
4 x 34 4.500 x 1.050 112 158 500 3116 916 312 258 734 334 12 U-Bolt 30 40 2.8
100 x 20 114.3 x 26.7 38 41 34.5 78 14 89 67 197 95 - 1.3
4x1 4.500 x 1.315 112 158 500 21316 916 312 258 734 334 12 U-Bolt 30 40 2.7
100 x 25 114.3 x 33.7 38 41 34.5 73 14 89 67 197 95 - 1.2
NOTE: 212", 5" and 6" Nom. size run pipe may be used on 3" O.D., 512" O.D. and 612" O.D. pipe
Based on use with standard wall pipe.
Not for use in copper systems.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 29
Branch Outlets
FIG. 7045, CONT'D.
CLAMP-T, FPT BRANCH Y Z
Y Z
T V T
V
W W
Fig. 7045 Fig. 7045 (U-Bolt)
U
GRUVLOK
30 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Branch Outlets
FIG. 7045, CONT'D.
CLAMP-T, FPT BRANCH
GRUVLOK
125 x 65 141.3 x 73.0 70 73 34.5 97 48 121 83 232 111 - 3.2
5 x 3 O.D. 5.563 x 2.996 234 278 500 334 178 434 314 918 438 34 x 412 130 180 7.0
141.3 x 76.1 141.3 x 76.1 70 73 34.5 95 48 121 83 232 111 - 3.2
5x3 5.563 x 3.500 312 358 500 4 178 5 314 918 514 5
8 x 314 100 130 8.7
125 x 80 141.3 x 88.9 89 92 34.5 102 48 127 83 232 133 - 3.9
6 x114 6.625 x 1.660 2 218 500 3
4 16 2 478 378 1018 334 58 x 414 100 130 7.8
150 x 32 168.3 x 42.4 51 54 34.5 106 51 124 98 257 95 - 3.5
6 x 112 6.625 x 1.900 2 218 500 4316 2 478 378 1018 334 58 x 414 100 130 7.8
150 x 40 168.3 x 48.3 51 54 34.5 106 51 124 98 257 95 - 3.5
6x2 6.625 x 2.375 212 258 500 4316 2 478 378 1018 418 5
8 x 414 100 130 7.8
150 x 50 168.3 x 60.3 64 67 34.5 106 51 124 98 257 105 - 3.5
6 x 212 6.625 x 2.875 234 278 500 4316 2 518 378 1018 438 58 x 414 100 130 8.4
150 x 65 168.3 x 73.0 70 73 34.5 106 51 130 98 257 111 - 3.8
6 x 3 O.D. 6.625 x 2.996 234 278 500 418 2 518 378 1018 438 58 x 414 100 130 8.4
168.3 x 76.1 168.3 x 76.1 70 73 34.5 105 51 130 98 257 111 - 3.8
6x3 6.625 x 3.500 312 358 500 438 2 538 378 1018 514 58 x 414 100 130 9.6
150 x 80 168.3 x 88.9 89 92 34.5 111 51 137 98 257 133 - 4.4
6x4 6.625 x 4.500 412 458 500 438 2 512 378 1018 612 58 x 414 100 130 10.5
150 x 100 168.3 x 114.3 114 117 34.5 111 51 140 98 257 165 - 4.8
NOTE: 212", 5" and 6" Nom. size run pipe may be used on 3" O.D., 512" O.D. and 612" O.D. pipe
Based on use with standard wall pipe.
Not for use in copper systems.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 31
Branch Outlets
FIG. 7045, CONT'D.
CLAMP-T, FPT BRANCH Y Z
Y Z
T V T
V
W W
Fig. 7045 Fig. 7045 (U-Bolt)
U
GRUVLOK
32 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Branch Outlets
FIG. 7046
CLAMP-T, GROOVED BRANCH Y Z
Y Z
T V
T V
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7046-GR BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
Hole Dimensions Clamp-T Dimensions Specied Torque
Nominal Max. Working Approx.
O.D. Min. Max. Bolt Size
Size Pressure U V Grooved W Y Z Min. Max. Wt. Each
Dia. Dia.
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm psi/bar In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-M Lbs./Kg
212 x 114 2.875 x 1.660 2 218 500 916 318 134 618 312 12 U-Bolt 30 40 3.4
65 x 32 73.0 x 42.4 51 54 34.5 14 79 44 156 89 - 1.5
212 x 112 2.875 x 1.900 2 218 500 9
16 318 134 618 312 1
2 U-Bolt 30 40 3.4
65 x 40 73.0 x 48.3 51 54 34.5 14 79 44 156 89 - 1.5
3 x 114 3.500 x 1.660 2 218 500 112 312 218 678 334 12 x 234 80 100 3.4
80 x 32 88.9 x 42.4 51 54 34.5 38 89 54 175 95 - 1.5
3 x 112 3.500 x 1.900 2 218 500 112 312 218 678 334 12 x 234 80 100 4.4
80 x 40 88.9 x 48.3 51 54 34.5 38 89 54 175 95 - 2.0
3x2 3.500 x 2.375 212 258 500 112 312 218 678 418 12 x 234 80 100 4.6
80 x 50 88.9 x 60.3 64 67 34.5 38 89 54 175 105 - 2.1
4 x 114 4.500 x 1.660 2 218 500 178 4 258 712 334 12 x 234 80 100 4.2
100 x 32 114.3 x 42.4 51 54 34.5 48 102 67 191 95 - 1.9
4 x 112 4.500 x 1.900 2 218 500 178 4 258 712 334 12 x 234 80 100 4.3
100 x 40 114.3 x 48.3 51 54 34.5 48 102 67 191 95 - 2.0
4x2 4.500 x 2.375 212 258 500 178 4 258 712 418 12 x 234 80 100 4.6
100 x 50 114.3 x 60.3 64 67 34.5 48 102 67 191 105 - 2.1
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 33
Branch Outlets
FIG. 7046, CONT'D.
CLAMP-T, GROOVED BRANCH Y Z
Y Z
T V
T V
34 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Branch Outlets
FIG. 7046, CONT'D.
CLAMP-T, GROOVED BRANCH
FIGURE 7046-GR BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
Hole Dimensions Clamp-T Dimensions Specied Torque
Nominal Max. Working Approx.
O.D. Min. Max. Bolt Size
Size Pressure U V Grooved W Y Z Min. Max. Wt. Each
Dia. Dia.
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm psi/bar In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-M Lbs./Kg
GRUVLOK
6 x 112 6.625 x 1.900 2 218 500 2 5 378 1018 334 58 x 414 100 130 7.2
150 x 40 168.3 x 48.3 51 54 34.5 51 127 98 257 95 * 3.3
6x2 6.625 x 2.375 212 258 500 2 5 378 1018 418 58 x 414 100 130 7.8
150 x 50 168.3 x 60.3 64 67 34.5 51 127 98 257 105 * 3.5
6 x 212 6.625 x 2.875 234 278 500 2 518 378 1018 438 58 x 414 100 130 7.6
150 x 65 168.3 x 73.0 70 73 34.5 51 130 98 257 111 * 3.4
6 x 3 O.D. 6.625 x 2.996 234 278 500 2 518 378 1018 438 58 x 414 100 130 7.6
168.3 x 76.1 168.3 x 76.1 70 73 34.5 51 130 98 257 111 * 3.4
6x3 6.625 x 3.500 312 358 500 2 518 378 1018 514 58 x 414 100 130 8.0
150 x 80 168.3 x 88.9 89 92 34.5 51 130 98 257 133 * 3.6
6x4 6.625 x 4.500 412 458 500 2 514 378 1018 612 5
8 x 414 100 130 10.4
150 x 100 168.3 x 114.3 114 117 34.5 51 133 98 257 165 * 4.7
8x2 8.625 x 2.375 212 258 500 214 618 5 1234 414 34 x 412 130 180 10.4
200 x 50 219.1 x 60.3 64 67 34.5 57 156 127 324 108 - 4.7
8 x 212 8.625 x 2.875 234 278 500 214 618 5 1234 438 34 x 412 130 180 10.6
200 x 65 219.1 x 73.0 70 73 34.5 57 156 127 324 111 M20 x 110 175 245 4.8
8x3 8.625 x 3.500 312 358 500 214 618 5 1234 514 34 x 412 130 180 11.5
200 x 80 219.1 x 88.9 89 92 34.5 57 156 127 324 133 M20 x 110 175 245 5.2
8x4 8.625 x 4.500 412 458 500 214 614 5 1234 612 34 x 412 130 180 16.2
200 x 100 219.1 x 114.3 114 117 34.5 57 159 127 324 165 M20 x 110 175 245 7.3
NOTE: 212", 5" & 6" Nom. size run pipe may be used on 3" O.D., 512" O.D. & 612" O.D. pipe. Cannot be used in cross conguration.
Based on use with standard wall pipe. For additional Bolt Torque information, see page 200.
Not for use in copper systems. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 170-171.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 35
Branch Outlets
FIG. 7047, FIG. 7048 & FIG. 7049
CLAMP-T, CROSS
Z Z Y Z
Y Y
V V
V
T V
GRUVLOK
V V
Fig. 7047 Thread x Thread Fig. 7048 Groove x Groove Fig. 7049 Groove x Thread
36 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Branch Outlets
FIG. 7044
BRANCH OUTLET
FIGURE 7044 BRANCH OUTLET
Hole Diameter Dimensions Specied Torque
Nominal Approx.
O.D. Min. Max. Take-out
Size A B C Min. Max. Wt. Each
Dia. Dia. T
A In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-M Lbs./Kg
T
114 x 12 1.660 x 0.840 1316 114 2116 312 2732 138 27 33 0.8
GRUVLOK
32 x 15 42.4 x 21.3 30 32 53 89 56 35 0.4
114 x 34 1.660 x 1.050 1316 114 2116 312 2732 138 27 33 0.8
32 x 20 42.4 x 26.7 30 32 53 89 56 35 0.4
114 x 1 1.660 x 1.315 1316 114 2316 312 2732 112 27 33 0.9
B 32 x 25 42.4 x 33.7 30 32 56 89 56 38 0.4
112 x 12 1.900 x 0.840 1316 114 2532 312 2732 138 27 33 0.8
40 x 15 48.3 x 21.3 30 32 55 89 56 35 0.4
C 112 x 34 1.900 x 1.050 1316 114 2532 312 2732 138 27 33 0.8
40 x 20 48.3 x 26.7 30 32 55 89 56 35 0.4
112 x 1 1.900 x 1.315 1316 114 2932 312 2732 112 27 33 0.9
40 x 25 48.3 x 33.7 30 32 58 89 56 38 0.4
2 x 12 2.375 x 0.840 1316 114 212 378 2732 158 27 33 0.8
50 x 15 60.3 x 21.3 30 32 64 98 56 42 0.4
Maximum Working Pressure for all 2 x 34 2.375 x 1.050 1316 114 212 378 2732 158 27 33 0.8
sizes is 175 PSI (12.1 bar) 50 x 20 60.3 x 26.7 30 32 64 98 56 42 0.4
Not for use in copper systems. 2x1 2.375 x 1.315 1316 114 258 378 2732 134 27 33 0.9
For additional Bolt Torque 50 x 25 60.3 x 33.7 30 32 67 98 56 45 0.4
information on page 200 212 x 12 2.875 x 0.840 1316 114 21116 438 2732 2 27 33 0.8
For additional details see "Coupling 65 x 15 73.0 x 21.3 30 32 69 111 56 51 0.4
Data Chart notes" from page 262. 212 x 34 2.875 x 1.050 1316 114 21116 438 2732 2 27 33 0.9
65 x 20 73.0 x 26.7 30 32 69 111 56 51 0.4
See Installation & Assembly direc-
tions on pages 172-173.
212 x 1 2.875 x 1.315 1316 114 21316 438 2732 218 27 33 1.0
65 x 25 73.0 x 33.7 30 32 72 111 56 54 0.5
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 37
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7050
90 ELBOW* C to E
38 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7051
45 ELBOW*
C to E O.D.
C - Cast malleable or ductile iron, all others are fabricated steel.
* 14"-24" Standard Radius 45 Elbows are 112.
Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown
in chart, contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7051 45 ELBOW*
Center Approx. Center Approx. Center Approx.
Nom. Size O.D. Nom. Size O.D. Nom. Size O.D.
to End Wt. Ea. to End Wt. Ea. to End Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
1 1.315 134 C 0.5 414 O.D. 4.250 278 C 4.4 8 8.625 414 C 19.8
25 33.4 44 0.2 108.0 108.0 83 2.0 200 219.1 108 9.0
114 1.660 134 C 0.7 4 4.500 3C 5.4 10 10.750 434 C 34.3
32 42.2 44 0.3 100 114.3 76 2.4 250 273.1 121 15.6
112 1.900 134 C 0.9 514 O.D. 5.236 314 C 7.3 12 12.750 514 C 50.0
40 48.3 44 0.4 133.0 133.0 83 3.3 300 323.9 133 22.7
2 2.375 2C 1.5 512 O.D. 5.500 314 C 7.8 14 14.000 834 92.0
50 60.3 51 0.7 139.7 139.7 83 3.5 350 355.6 222 41.7
212 2.875 214 C 1.9 5 5.563 314 C 9.0 16 16.000 10 117.0
65 73.0 57 0.9 125 141.3 83 4.1 400 406.4 254 53.1
3 O.D. 2.996 212 C 2.2 1
6 4 O.D. 6.259 312 C 10.1 18 18.000 1114 146.0
76.1 76.1 64 1.0 159.0 159.0 89 4.6 450 457.2 286 66.2
3 3.500 212 C 3.3 612 O.D. 6.500 312 C 11.1 20 20.000 1212 179.0
80 88.9 64 1.5 165.1 165.1 89 5.0 500 508.0 317 81.2
312 4.000 234 C 4.3 6 6.625 312 C 11.2 24 24.000 15 255.0
90 101.6 70 2.0 150 168.3 89 5.1 600 609.6 381 115.7
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 39
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7052
2212 ELBOW
O.D.
O.D.
C to E C to E
Cast Fabricated
GRUVLOK
40 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7053
1114 ELBOW
O.D.
C to E
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7053 1114 ELBOW
Center Approx. Center Approx. Center Approx.
Nom. Size O.D. Nom. Size O.D. Nom. Size O.D.
to End Wt. Ea. to End Wt. Ea. to End Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
1 1.315 138 0.3 5 5.563 2 5.0 20 20.000 5 65.7
25 33.4 35 0.1 125 141.3 51 2.3 500 508.0 127 29.8
114 1.660 138 0.5 6 6.625 2 6.5 24 24.000 6 96.0
32 42.2 35 0.2 150 168.3 51 2.9 600 609.6 152 43.5
112 1.900 138 0.7 8 8.625 2 10.0
40 48.3 35 0.3 200 219.1 51 4.5 C - Cast malleable or ductile iron, all others are
2 2.375 138 0.9 10 10.750 218 14.5 fabricated steel.
50 60.3 35 0.4 250 273.1 54 6.6 Center to end dimensions and weights may differ
212 2.875 112 1.5 12 12.750 214 18.7 from those shown in chart, contact a Gruvlok Rep-
65 73.0 38 0.7 300 323.9 57 8.5 resentative for more information.
3 3.500 112 2.0 14 14.000 312 32.1
80 88.9 38 0.9 350 355.6 89 14.6
312 4.000 134 2.8 16 16.000 4 42.0
90 101.6 44 1.3 400 406.4 102 19.1
4 4.500 134 3.3 18 18.000 412 53.2
100 114.3 44 1.5 450 457.2 114 24.1
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 41
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7050 LR
90 LONG RADIUS ELBOW* C to E
O.D.
GRUVLOK
42 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7051LR
45 LONG RADIUS ELBOW*
C to E O.D.
GRUVLOK
FIG. 7051LR 45 LONG RADIUS ELBOW*
Nominal Center Approx. Nominal Center Approx. Nominal Center Approx.
O.D. O.D. O.D.
Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
1 1.315 212 0.7 5 5.563 5 12.2 20 20.000 1212 179.0
25 33.4 64 0.3 125 141.3 127 5.5 500 508.0 317 81.2
114 1.660 212 1.0 6 6.625 512 17.4 24 24.000 15 255.0
32 42.2 64 0.5 150 168.3 140 7.9 600 609.6 381 115.7
112 1.900 212 1.2 8 8.625 714 34.0
40 48.3 64 0.5 200 219.1 184 15.4 C - Cast malleable or ductile iron, all others are
2 2.375 234 1.7 10 10.750 812 57.4 fabricated steel.
50 60.3 70 0.8 250 273.1 216 26.0 * 14"-24" Standard Radius 45 Elbows are 112.
212 2.875 3 2.9 12 12.750 10 82.6 Center to end dimensions and weights may differ
65 73.0 76 1.3 300 323.9 254 37.5 from those shown in chart, Contact a Gruvlok Rep-
3 3.500 338 4.3 14 14.000 21 169.0 resentative for more information.
80 88.9 86 2.0 350 355.6 222 41.7
312 4.000 312 5.3 16 16.000 10 117.0
90 101.6 89 2.4 400 406.4 254 53.1
4 4.500 4 7.2 18 18.000 1114 146.0
100 114.3 102 3.3 450 457.2 286 66.2
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 43
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7063
TEE W/ THREADED BRANCH
O.D.
C to GE
GRUVLOK
C to TE
44 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7061
REDUCING TEE STANDARD C to E
O.D.
O.D.
C to E
C to E
Cast Fabricated
GRUVLOK
C to E
O.D.
O.D.
C to E
Cast C to E Fabricated
C to E
GRUVLOK
GRUVLOK
16 x 16 x 14 12 132 20 x 20 x 12 1714 246
400 x 400 x 350 305 59.9 500 x 500 x 300 438 111.6 C to E
1 1
18 x 18 x 4 15 2 188 20 x 20 x 14 17 4 248
450 x 450 x 100 394 85.3 500 x 500 x 350 438 112.5
18 x 18 x 6 1512 190 20 x 20 x 16 1714 250 Cast O.D.
450 x 450 x 150 394 86.2 500 x 500 x 400 438 113.4
1 3
18 x 18 x 8 15 2 192 20 x 20 x 18 17 4 252 C to E
450 x 450 x 200 394 87.1 500 x 500 x 450 451 114.3
1
18 x 18 x 10 15 2 194 24 x 24 x 8 20 327
450 x 450 x 250 394 88.0 600 x 600 x 200 508 148.3
18 x 18 x 12 1512 196 24 x 24 x 10 20 330
450 x 450 x 300 394 88.9 600 x 600 x 250 508 149.7
18 x 18 x 14 1
15 2 201 24 x 24 x 12 20 334
450 x 450 x 350 394 91.2 600 x 600 x 300 508 151.5 Fabricated
18 x 18 x 16 1
15 2 203 24 x 24 x 14 20 340 O.D.
450 x 450 x 400 394 92.1 600 x 600 x 350 508 154.2
20 x 20 x 6 1714 240 24 x 24 x 16 20 342 C to E
500 x 500 x 150 438 108.9 600 x 600 x 400 508 155.1
1
20 x 20 x 8 17 4 242 24 x 24 x 18 20 345
500 x 500 x 200 438 109.8 600 x 600 x 450 508 156.5 C to E
1
20 x 20 x 10 17 4 244 24 x 24 x 20 20 347
500 x 500 x 250 438 110.7 600 x 600 x 500 508 157.4
See Fitting Size Chart on page 146
C - Cast malleable or ductile iron, all others are fabricated steel. for O.D. sizes
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 47
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7064
REDUCING TEE W/ THREADED BRANCH C to E
O.D.
O.D.
C to E
Cast C to E Fabricated
C to E
GRUVLOK
48 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7064, CONT'D.
REDUCING TEE W/ THREADED BRANCH C to E
O.D.
O.D.
C to E
Cast C to E Fabricated
GRUVLOK
C to E
FIGURE 7064 REDUCING TEE W/THREADED BRANCH (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE)
Nominal Center to Approx. Nominal Center to Approx. Nominal Center to Approx.
Size End Wt. Ea. Size End Wt. Ea. Size End Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs/Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs/Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs/Kg
10 x 10 x 3 9 63.0 12 x 12 x 6 10 88.3 16 x 16 x 12 12 142.0
250 x 250 x 80 229 28.6 300 x 300 x 150 254 40.1 400 x 400 x 300 305 64.4
1
10 x 10 x 4 9 64.0 12 x 12 x 8 10 91.2 18 x 18 x 10 15 2 204.0
250 x 250 x 100 229 29.0 300 x 300 x 200 254 41.4 450 x 450 x 250 394 92.5
10 x 10 x 5 9 65.1 12 x 12 x 10 10 94.8 18 x 18 x 12 1512 209.0
250 x 250 x 125 229 29.5 300 x 300 x 250 254 43.0 450 x 450 x 300 394 94.8
10 x 10 x 6 9 55.0 14 x 14 x 8 11 110.0 18 x 18 x 14 1512 211.0
250 x 250 x 150 229 24.9 350 x 350 x 200 279 49.7 450 x 450 x 350 394 95.7
10 x 10 x 8 9 64.7 14 x 14 x 10 11 114.0 18 x 18 x 16 1512 216.0
250 x 250 x 200 229 29.3 350 x 350 x 250 279 51.5 450 x 450 x 400 394 98.0
12 x 12 x 3 10 84.9 14 x 14 x 12 11 117.0 24 x 24 x 8 20 334.0
300 x 300 x 80 254 38.5 350 x 350 x 300 279 52.8 600 x 600 x 200 508 152 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for
12 x 12 x 4 10 85.8 16 x 16 x 8 12 135.0 24 x 24 x 10 20 342.0 O.D. sizes
300 x 300 x 100 254 38.9 400 x 400 x 200 305 61.2 600 x 600 x 250 508 155 C - Cast malleable or ductile iron, all
12 x 12 x 5 10 87.0 16 x 16 x 10 12 139.0 24 x 24 x 12 20 349.0 others are fabricated steel.
300 x 300 x 125 254 39.5 400 x 400 x 250 305 63.0 600 x 600 x 300 508 158
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 49
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7060
TEE C to E
O.D.
O.D.
C to E
Cast Fabricated
C to E
GRUVLOK
O.D.
GRUVLOK
FIG. 7076 GR X THD CONCENTRIC REDUCERS
Nominal End to Approx. Nominal End to Approx. Nominal End to Approx. Nominal End to Approx.
Size End Wt. Ea. Size End Wt. Ea. Size End Wt. Ea. Size End Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg
112 x 1 212 0.6 212 x 112 212 1.3 312 x 3 3 1.8 5x4 312 4.5
40 x 25 64 0.3 65 x 40 64 0.6 90 x 80 76 0.8 125 x 100 89 2.0
2 x 34 212 1.0 212 x 2 212 1.2 4x1 3 2.2 6x1 4 6.0
50 x 80 64 0.5 65 x 50 64 0.5 100 x 25 76 1.0 150 x 25 102 2.7
2x1 212 0.8 3 x 34 212 1.2 4 x 112 3 2.3 6x2 4 6.0
50 x 25 64 0.4 80 x 80 64 0.5 100 x 40 76 1.0 150 x 50 102 2.7
2 x 114 212 1.3 3x1 212 1.2 4x2 3 2.3 6x3 4 6.0
50 x 32 64 0.6 80 x 25 64 0.5 100 x 50 76 1.0 150 x 80 102 2.7
2 x 112 212 1.3 3 x 112 212 1.3 4 x 212 3 2.3 6x4 4 5.9
50 x 40 64 0.6 80 x 40 64 0.6 100 x 65 76 1.0 150 x 100 102 2.7
212 x 1 212 1.0 3x2 212 1.3 4x3 3 2.6 6x5 4 5.8
65 x 25 64 0.5 80 x 50 64 0.6 100 x 80 76 1.2 150 x 125 102 2.6
212 x 114 212 1.0 3 x 212 212 1.5 4 x 312 3 2.5 All are Fabricated Steel.
65 x 32 64 0.5 80 x 65 64 0.7 100 x 90 76 1.1
See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.D. sizes
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 51
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7073 & FIG. 7097
ECCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E E to E
O.D. O.D.
FIG. 7073 GR. X GR. FIG. 7097 GR. X THD.
Fabricated Fabricated
GRUVLOK
GRUVLOK
150 x 65 292 5.8 250 x 150 330 15.4 400 x 200 356 41.3 500 x 350 508 68.9
6x3 1112 13.6 10 x 8 13 34.4 16 x 10 14 96 20 x 16 20 156
150 x 80 292 6.2 250 x 200 330 15.6 400 x 250 356 43.5 500 x 400 508 70.8
6x4 1112 14.9 12 x 4 14 44.8 16 x 12 14 99 20 x 18 20 160
150 x 100 292 6.8 300 x 100 356 20.3 400 x 300 356 44.9 500 x 450 508 72.6
6x5 1112 16.2 12 x 6 14 45.2 16 x 14 14 104 24 x 10 20 174
150 x 125 292 7.3 300 x 150 356 20.5 400 x 350 356 47.2 600 x 250 508 78.9
8x3 12 17.9 12 x 8 14 47.7 18 x 10 15 110 24 x 12 20 179
200 x 80 305 8.1 300 x 200 356 21.6 450 x 250 381 49.9 600 x 300 508 81.2
8x4 12 19.7 12 x 10 14 52.0 18 x 12 15 113 24 x 14 20 184
200 x 100 305 8.9 300 x 250 356 23.6 450 x 300 381 51.3 600 x 350 508 83.5
8x5 12 21.4 14 x 6 13 78 18 x 14 15 117 24 x 16 20 189
200 x 125 305 9.7 350 x 150 330 35.4 450 x 350 381 53.1 600 x 400 508 85.7
8x6 12 23.2 14 x 8 13 80 18 x 16 15 121 24 x 18 20 194
200 x 150 305 10.5 350 x 200 330 36.3 450 x 400 381 54.9 600 x 450 508 88
10 x 4 13 29.7 14 x 10 13 84 20 x 10 20 145 24 x 20 20 199
250 x 100 330 13.5 350 x 250 330 38.1 500 x 250 508 65.8 600 x 500 508 90.3
10 x 5 13 31.7 14 x 12 13 88 20 x 12 20 149 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for
250 x 125 330 14.4 350 x 300 330 39.9 500 x 300 508 67.6 O.D. sizes
Fabricated Steel *Figure 7097 is available in sizes 114 x 1 through 12 x 10.
Center to end dimensions may differ from those shown above. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 53
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7077, FIG. 7078 & FIG. 7079
SWAGED NIPPLES E to E E to E E to E
Nominal End Approx. Nominal End Approx. Nominal End Approx. Nominal End Approx.
Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg
2x1 612 2.0 3 x 112 8 5.0 4x3 9 8.0 6x2 12 19.0
50 x 25 165 0.9 80 x 40 203 2.3 100 x 80 229 3.6 150 x 50 305 8.6
2 x 114 612 2.0 3x2 8 5.0 4 x 312 9 8.0 6 x 212 12 19.0
50 x 32 165 0.9 80 x 50 203 2.3 100 x 90 229 3.6 150 x 65 305 8.6
2 x 112 612 2.0 3 x 212 8 5.0 5x2 11 12.0 6x3 12 19.0
50 x 40 165 0.9 80 x 65 203 2.3 125 x 50 279 5.4 150 x 80 305 8.6
212 x 1 7 3.5 312 x 3 8 7.0 5 x 212 11 12.0 6 x 312 12 17.0
65 x 25 178 1.6 90 x 80 203 3.2 125 x 65 279 5.4 150 x 90 305 7.7
212 x 114 7 3.5 4x1 9 8.0 5x3 11 12.0 6x4 12 19.0
65 x 32 178 1.6 100 x 25 229 3.6 125 x 80 279 5.4 150 x 100 305 8.6
212 x 112 7 3.5 4 x 114 9 8.0 5x4 11 12.0 6x5 12 19.0
65 x 40 178 1.6 100 x 32 229 3.6 125 x 100 279 5.4 150 x 125 305 8.6
212 x 2 7 3.5 4 x 112 9 8.0 6x1 12 19.0 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for
65 x 50 178 1.6 100 x 40 229 3.6 150 x 25 305 8.6 O.D. sizes
3x1 8 5.0 4x2 9 8.0 6 x 114 12 19.0
80 x 25 203 2.3 100 x 50 229 3.6 150 x 32 305 8.6
3 x 114 8 5.0 4 x 212 9 8.0 6 x 112 12 19.0
80 x 32 203 2.3 100 x 65 229 3.6 150 x 40 305 8.6
54 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7072
GR X GR CONCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E E to E
O.D.
O.D.
Cast Fabricated
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7072 CONCENTRIC REDUCER (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
Nominal End Approx. Nominal End Approx. Nominal End Approx. Nominal End Approx.
Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg
114 x 1 212 0.6 212 x 2 212 C 1.6 4 x 112 3 2.3 6x1 4 6.8
32 x 25 64 0.3 65 x 50 64 0.7 100 x 40 76 1.0 150 x 25 102 3.1
112 x 1 212 0.6 3x1 212 1.2 4x2 3C 2.4 6 x 112 4 6.9
40 x 25 64 0.3 80 x 25 64 0.5 100 x 50 76 1.1 150 x 40 102 3.1
112 x 114 212 0.6 3 x 114 212 1.3 4 x 212 3C 2.6 6x2 4C 6.0
40 x 32 64 0.3 80 x 32 64 0.6 100 x 65 76 1.2 150 x 50 102 2.7
2x1 212 0.8 3 x 112 212 1.3 4x3 3C 3.2 6 x 212 4 6.0
50 x 25 64 0.4 80 x 40 64 0.6 100 x 80 76 1.5 150 x 65 102 2.7
2 x 114 212 C 1.3 3x2 212 C 1.4 4 x 312 3C 3.6 6x3 4C 5.4
50 x 32 64 0.6 80 x 50 64 0.6 100 x 90 76 1.6 150 x 80 102 2.4
2 x 112 212 C 1.3 3 x 212 212 C 1.5 5x2 312 4.6 6x4 4C 5.6
50 x 40 64 0.6 80 x 65 64 0.7 125 x 50 89 2.1 150 x 100 102 2.5
212 x 1 212 1.0 312 x 3 3 1.8 5 x 212 312 4.5 6x5 4C 6.0
65 x 25 64 0.5 90 x 80 76 0.8 125 x 65 89 2.0 150 x 125 102 2.7
212 x 114 212 1.0 4x1 3C 2.2 5x3 312 4.4 8x3 5 12.0
65 x 32 64 0.5 100 x 25 76 1.0 125 x 80 89 2.0 200 x 80 127 5.5
212 x 112 212 1.3 4 x 114 3 2.2 5x4 312 C 4.5 8x4 5C 9.0
65 x 40 64 0.6 100 x 32 76 1.0 125 x 100 89 2.0 200 x 100 127 4.1
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 55
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7072, CONT'D.
GR X GR CONCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E E to E
O.D.
O.D.
Cast Fabricated
GRUVLOK
C to LE
C to LE
C to SE
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7069 45 LATERALS
Center Center Center Center Center Center
Nominal Approx. Nominal Approx. Nominal Approx.
O.D. to Long to Short O.D. to Long to Short O.D. to Long to Short
Size Wt. Ea. Size Wt. Ea. Size Wt. Ea.
End End End End End End
In./ In./ In./
In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
DN(mm) DN(mm) DN(mm)
1 1 3
1 1.315 5 2 4 1.5 4 4.500 10 2 3 4 18.3 16 16.000 29 8 345
25 33.4 127 57 0.7 100 114.3 267 95 8.3 400 406.4 737 203 157
114 1.660 534 212 2.5 5 5.563 1212 4 30.0 18 18.000 32 812 425
32 42.2 146 64 1.1 125 141.3 318 102 13.6 450 457.2 813 216 193
112 1.900 614 234 3.5 6 6.625 14 412 46.6 20 20.000 35 9 517
40 48.3 159 70 1.6 150 168.3 356 114 21.1 500 508.0 889 229 235
2 2.375 7 234 4.5 8 8.625 18 6 82.8 24 24.000 40 10 940
50 60.3 178 70 2.0 200 219.1 457 152 37.6 600 609.6 1016 254 426
212 2.875 734 3 10.0 10 10.750 2012 612 127
65 73.0 197 76 4.5 250 273.1 521 165 57.4
3 3.500 812 314 11.0 12 12.750 23 7 165
80 88.9 216 83 5.0 300 323.9 584 178 74.8
312 4.000 10 312 14.0 14 14.000 2612 712 215
90 101.6 254 89 6.4 350 355.6 673 191 97.5
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 57
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7070
45 REDUCING LATERAL
O.D.
C to LE
C to LE
C to SE
GRUVLOK
58 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7070, CONT'D.
45 REDUCING LATERAL
GRUVLOK
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
14 x 14 x 6 2612 712 185 18 x 18 x 8 32 812 306
350 x 350 x 150 673 191 83.9 450 x 450 x 200 813 216 139
14 x 14 x 8 2612 712 195 18 x 18 x 10 32 812 321 O.D.
350 x 350 x 200 673 191 88.5 450 x 450 x 250 813 216 146
14 x 14 x 10 2612 712 223 18 x 18 x 12 32 812 333 C to LE
350 x 350 x 250 673 191 101 450 x 450 x 300 813 216 151
14 x 14 x 12 2612 712 240 18 x 18 x 14 32 812 358 C to LE
350 x 350 x 300 673 191 109 450 x 450 x 350 813 216 162 C to SE
16 x 16 x 6 29 8 235 18 x 18 x 16 32 812 382
400 x 400 x 150 737 203 107 450 x 450 x 400 813 216 173
16 x 16 x 8 29 8 250 20 x 20 x 12 35 9 390
400 x 400 x 200 737 203 113 500 x 500 x 300 889 229 177
16 x 16 x 10 29 8 263 20 x 20 x 14 35 9 410
400 x 400 x 250 737 203 119 500 x 500 x 350 889 229 186
16 x 16 x 12 29 8 283 20 x 20 x 16 235 9 440
400 x 400 x 300 737 203 128 500 x 500 x 400 889 229 200
16 x 16 x 14 29 8 307 24 x 24 x 16 40 10 725
400 x 400 x 350 737 203 139 600 x 600 x 400 1016 254 329
18 x 18 x 6 32 812 275 24 x 24 x 20 40 10 785
450 x 450 x 150 813 216 125 600 x 600 x 500 1016 254 356
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 59
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7066
TEE WYE E1
O.D.
H
E2
G
GRUVLOK
60 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7066, CONT'D.
TEE WYE E1
O.D.
H
E2
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7066 TEE WYE (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE)
Nominal Approx. Nominal Approx.
G H E1 E2 G H E1 E2
Size Wt. Ea. Size Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
8x8x6 6 18 2118 1438 112 12 x 12 x 3 7 23 2034 1534 140
200 x 200 x 150 152 457 537 365 50.8 300 x 300 x 80 178 584 527 400 63.5
8x8x8 6 18 2314 1514 120 12 x 12 x 4 7 23 2112 16 145
200 x 200 x 200 152 457 591 387 54.4 300 x 300 x 100 178 584 546 406 65.8
10 x 10 x 3 612 2012 1978 1478 130 12 x 12 x 6 7 23 2334 17 165
250 x 250 x 80 165 521 505 378 59.0 300 x 300 x 150 178 584 603 432 74.8
10 x 10 x 4 612 2012 2034 1514 135 12 x 12 x 8 7 23 26 18 175
250 x 250 x 100 165 521 527 387 61.2 300 x 300 x 200 178 584 660 457 79.4
10 x 10 x 5 612 2012 2178 1534 140 12 x 12 x 10 7 23 28 1834 200
250 x 250 x 125 165 521 556 400 63.5 300 x 300 x 250 178 584 711 476 90.7
10 x 10 x 6 612 2012 2278 1618 145 12 x 12 x 12 7 23 31 2012 240
250 x 250 x 150 165 521 581 410 65.8 300 x 300 x 300 178 584 787 521 109
10 x 10 x 8 612 2012 2714 1914 150
See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.D. sizes
250 x 250 x 200 165 521 692 489 68.0
10 x 10 x 10 612 2012 2714 18 190
250 x 250 x 250 165 521 692 457 86.2
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 61
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7067
REDUCINGTEE WYE E1
O.D.
H
E2
G
GRUVLOK
62 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7071
TRUE WYE
C to LE
O.D.
GRUVLOK
C to SE
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 63
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7055 GR X MPT FIG. 7056 GR X MPT
90 ADAPTER ELBOW 45 ADAPTER ELBOW
O.D. C to GE
O.D.
C to TE
C to TE
C to GE
GRUVLOK
64 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7087 GR X FPT FIG. 7050RF
FEMALE THREAD ADAPTER GROOVED X 150# FLANGED (GXF) O.D.
C to E
E to E
E to E
H
O.D. B Dia.
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7050 RF REDUCING BASE SUPPORT ELBOWS
Grooved End Approx. Wt. Ea.
Nominal Size Center to End H B Dia. Threaded
FIGURE 7087 FEMALE THREAD ADAPTER O.D. GxF
Nominal Grooved End Approx. In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm NPSC Lbs./Kg
Size End O.D. to End Wt. Ea. 6x4 6.625 12 212 112 38.5
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 150 x 100 168.3 305 64 38 17.5
1
1 1.315 2 16 0.7 6x5 6.625 1212 212 112 45.4
25 33.4 52 0.3 150 x 125 168.3 318 64 38 20.6
114 1.660 2516 1.4 8x5 8.625 16 3 112 65.5
32 42.2 59 0.6 200 x 125 219.1 406 76 38 29.7
112 1.900 2516 1.5 8x6 8.625 16 3 112 73
40 48.3 59 0.7 200 x 150 219.1 406 76 38 33.1
2 2.375 212 1.6 10 x 6 10.750 19 312 112 100
50 60.3 64 0.7 250 x 150 273.1 483 89 38 45.4
3 3.500 234 2.5 10 x 8 10.750 19 312 112 127
80 88.9 70 1.1 250 x 200 273.1 483 89 38 57.6
4 4.500 314 4.5 12 x 8 12.750 22 4 112 155
100 114.3 83 2.0 300 x 200 323.9 559 102 38 70.3
12 x 10 12.750 22 4 112 186
300 x 250 323.9 559 102 38 84.4
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 65
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7084 FIG. 7085
GROOVE X CLASS 150 E to E GROOVE X CLASS 300 E to E
FLANGE NIPPLES FLANGE NIPPLES
O.D. * Contact a Gruvlok Representative O.D.
for dimensions & weights.
FIGURE 7084 GROOVE X CLASS 150 FLANGE NIPPLES FIGURE 7085 GROOVE X CLASS 300 FLANGE NIPPLES
GRUVLOK
Nominal End Approx. Nominal End Approx. Nominal End Approx. Nominal End Approx.
O.D. O.D. O.D. O.D.
Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea.
In./ In./ In./ In./
In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
DN(mm) DN(mm) DN(mm) DN(mm)
1 1.315 3 2.5 6 6.625 6 29.5 1 1.315 3 3.6 6 6.625 6 35.0
25 33.4 76 1.1 150 168.3 152 13.4 25 33.4 76 1.6 150 168.3 152 15.9
114 1.660 4 3.8 8 8.625 6 43.5 114 1.660 4 4.6 8 8.625 6 50.0
32 42.2 102 1.7 200 219.1 152 19.7 32 42.2 102 2.1 200 219.1 152 22.7
112 1.900 4 4.1 10 10.750 8 68.2 112 1.900 4 7.1 10 10.750 6 72.0
40 48.3 102 1.9 250 273.1 203 30.9 40 48.3 102 3.2 250 273.1 152 32.7
2 2.375 4 6.0 12 12.750 8 96.1 2 2.375 4 8.2 12 12.750 8 *
50 60.3 102 2.7 300 323.9 203 43.6 50 60.3 102 3.7 300 323.9 203 *
212 2.875 4 9.2 14 14.000 * * 212 2.875 4 11.9 14 14.000 8 *
65 73.0 102 4.2 350 355.6 * * 65 73.0 102 5.4 350 355.6 203 *
3 3.500 4 10.4 16 16.000 * * 3 3.500 4 15.5 16 16.000 * *
80 88.9 102 4.7 400 406.4 * * 80 88.9 102 7.0 400 406.4 * *
312 4.000 4 14.0 18 18.000 * * 312 4.000 4 21.0 18 18.000 * *
90 101.6 102 6.4 450 457.2 * * 90 101.6 102 9.5 450 457.2 * *
4 4.500 6 19.1 20 20.000 * * 4 4.500 6 28.0 20 20.000 * *
100 114.3 152 8.7 500 508.0 * * 100 114.3 152 12.7 500 508.0 * *
5 5.563 6 23.0 24 24.000 * * 5 5.563 6 35.0 24 24.000 * *
125 141.3 152 10.4 600 609.6 * * 125 141.3 152 15.9 600 609.6 * *
66 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7074
CAP
O.D.
E to E
GRUVLOK
Nominal End Approx. Nominal End Approx. Nominal End Approx.
O.D. O.D. O.D.
Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
114 C 1.660 114 0.4 4C 4.500 118 2.8 10 C 10.750 112 21.9
32 42.2 32 0.2 100 114.3 29 1.3 250 273.1 38 9.9
112 C 1.900 114 0.5 1
5 4 O.D. C 5.236 118 3.2 12 C 12.750 112 33.8
40 48.3 32 0.2 133.0 133.0 29 1.5 300 323.9 38 15.3
2C 2.375 1 0.5 512 O.D. C 5.500 118 4.0 14* 14.000 812 40
50 60.3 25 0.2 139.7 139.7 29 1.8 350 355.6 216 18.1
212 C 2.875 1 0.7 5C 5.563 118 4.0 16* 16.000 9 45
65 73.0 25 0.3 125 141.3 29 1.8 400 406.4 229 20.4
3 O.D. C 2.996 1 0.8 1
6 4 O.D. C 6.259 118 5.1 18* 18.000 10 58
76.1 76.1 25 0.4 159.0 159.0 29 2.3 450 457.2 254 26.3
3C 3.500 1 1.1 612 O.D. C 6.500 118 6.0 20* 20.000 11 79
80 88.9 25 0.5 165.1 165.1 29 2.7 500 508.0 279 35.8
312 C 4.000 1 1.4 6C 6.625 1516 6.0 24* 24.000 1212 100
90 101.6 25 0.6 150 168.3 33 2.7 600 609.6 318 45.4
414 O.D. C 4.250 118 2.0 8C 8.625 112 12.5 * Machined Cap
108.0 108.0 29 0.9 200 219.1 38 5.7 C - Cast Malleable or Ductile Iron
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 67
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7075 FIG. 7068
BULL PLUG CROSS C to E
E to E
O.D.
O.D.
GRUVLOK
O.D.
O.D. O.D. O.D.
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7086 HOSE NIPPLES FIGURES 7080, 7081 & 7082 ADAPTER NIPPLES
Nom. End to Approx. Nom. End to Approx. Nom. End to Approx. Nom. End to Approx.
O.D. O.D. O.D. O.D.
Size End Wt. Ea. Size End Wt. Ea. Size End Wt. Ea. Size End Wt. Ea.
In./ In./ In./ In./
In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
DN(mm) DN(mm) DN(mm) DN(mm)
1 1.315 314 0.4 4 4.500 1
7 4 5.5 1 1.315 3 0.4 4 4.500 6 5.5
25 33.4 83 0.2 100 114.3 184 2.5 25 33.4 76 0.2 100 114.3 152 2.5
114 1.660 358 0.7 5 5.563 934 8.1 114 1.660 4 0.8 5 5.563 6 7.4
32 42.2 92 0.3 125 141.3 248 3.7 32 42.2 102 0.4 125 141.3 152 3.4
112 1.900 4 0.8 6 6.625 11 13.2 112 1.900 4 0.9 6 6.625 6 9.5
40 48.3 102 0.4 150 168.3 279 6.0 40 48.3 102 0.4 150 168.3 152 4.3
2 2.375 458 1.3 8 8.625 1212 24.0 2 2.375 4 1.2 8 8.625 6 14.2
50 60.3 117 0.6 200 219.1 318 10.9 50 60.3 102 0.5 200 219.1 152 6.4
212 2.875 512 2.1 10 10.750 14 29.0 212 2.875 4 1.9 10 10.750 8 27.0
65 73.0 140 1.0 250 273.1 356 13.2 65 73.0 102 0.9 250 273.1 203 12.2
3 3.500 6 3.3 12 12.750 16 46.0 3 3.500 4 2.5 12 12.750 8 33.0
80 88.9 152 1.5 300 323.9 406 20.9 80 88.9 102 1.1 300 323.9 203 15.0
312 4.000 4 3.1 This product is not UL/ULC Listed or FM
90 101.6 102 1.4 Approved.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 69
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7065 FIG. 7062
STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT) BULLHEAD TEE SPECIALTY TEES (GR X GR X FPT)
C to EOR
O.D.
C to EOB O.D.
GRUVLOK
C to EOR C to EOB
FIGURE 7065 STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT) FIGURE 7065 STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT)
Center Center
Center to Approx. Wt. Center to Approx. Wt.
Nominal Size O.D. to End of Nominal Size O.D. to End of
End of Run Ea. End of Run Ea.
Branch Branch
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
4 x 4 x 212 4.500 314 4 7.6 5x5x8 734 512 31.0 7.6
100 x 100 x 65 114.3 83 102 3.4 125 x 125 x 200 197 140 14.1 3.4
6 x 6 x 212 6.625 314 518 11.2 6x6x8 734 612 37.6 11.2
150 x 150 x 65 168.3 83 130 5.1 150 x 150 x 200 197 165 17.1 5.1
See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.D. sizes. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.D. sizes
These ttings are designed to provide minimal pressure drop and uniform These ttings are designed to provide minimal pressure drop and uniform
strength. Pressure ratings of Gruvlok Fittings conforms to those of Fig. 7001 strength. Pressure ratings of Gruvlok Fittings conforms to those of Fig.
Gruvlok Standard Coupling. 7001 Gruvlok Standard Coupling.
70 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7050DR
STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT)
C to E
O.D.
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7050DR 90 DRAIN ELBOW
Max Dimensions Max Dimensions
Nominal Approx. Nominal Approx.
O.D. Working O.D. Working
Size C to E H Wt. Ea. Size C to E H Wt. Ea.
Pressure Pressure
In./DN(mm) In./mm psi/bar In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm psi/bar In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
114 1.660 300 234 134 0.70 5 5.583 300 512 238 11.5
32 42.2 20.7 69 44 0.30 125 141.3 20.7 140 60 5.2
112 1.900 300 234 134 1.70 6 6.625 300 612 238 9.60
40 48.3 20.7 69 44 0.8 150 168.3 20.7 165 60 4.40
2 2.375 300 314 134 2.00 8 8.625 300 734 212 15.8
50 60.3 20.7 83 44 0.90 200 219.1 20.7 197 64 7.20
212 2.875 300 334 178 2.50 10 10.750 300 9 234 48.5
65 73.0 20.7 95 48 1.10 250 273.1 20.7 229 69 22.0
3 3.500 300 414 2 3.20 12 12.750 300 10 234 66.0
80 88.9 20.7 108 51 1.50 300 323.9 20.7 254 69 29.0
4 4.500 300 5 214 4.60 Available fabricated Schedule 10 only.
100 114.3 20.7 127 57 2.10 Drain elbow has a standard 1" female NPT outlet
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 71
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7091
END-OF-LINE FITTING A
Z
Y
X NPT
GRUVLOK
72 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7450 FIG. 7460
90 SHORT PATTERN ELBOW C to E SHORT PATTERN TEE C to E
O.D. O.D.
C to E
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7450 90 ELBOW FIGURE 7460 TEE
Nominal Center Approx. Nominal Center Approx.
O.D. O.D.
Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
2 2.375 234 1.7 2 2.375 234 2.5
50 60.3 70 0.8 50 60.3 70 1.1
212 2.875 3 2.6 212 2.875 3 3.5
65 73.0 76 1.2 65 73.0 76 1.6
3 3.500 338 3.5 3 3.500 338 4.8
80 88.9 86 1.6 80 88.9 86 2.2
4 4.500 4 6.5 4 4.500 4 8.1
100 114.3 102 3.0 100 114.3 102 3.7
6 6.625 512 14.8 6 6.625 512 19.1
150 168.3 140 6.7 150 168.3 140 8.7
8 8.625 678 25.6 8 8.625 678 35.2
200 219.1 175 11.6 200 219.1 175 16.0
See the Gruvlok Catalog for additional information See the Gruvlok Catalog for additional information
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 73
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7050 3D FIG. 7057 3D
LONG RADIUS 90 ELBOW LONG RADIUS 60 ELBOW
O.D. O.D.
R
=3
D R=
3D
GRUVLOK
74 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7051 3D FIG. 7058 3D
LONG RADIUS 45 ELBOW LONG RADIUS 30 ELBOW
O.D.
O.D.
R=3
R= D
3D
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7051-3D 45 ELBOW FIGURE 7058-3D 30 ELBOW
Nom. Center Approx. Nom. Center Approx. Nom. Center Approx. Nom. Center Approx.
O.D. O.D. O.D. O.D.
Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea.
In./ In./ In./ In./
In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
DN(mm) DN(mm) DN(mm) DN(mm)
2 2.375 612 3.9 10 10.750 2212 146.9 2 2.375 534 3.4 10 10.750 18 120.5
50 60.3 165 1.8 250 273.1 572 66.6 50 60.3 146 1.5 250 273.1 457 54.7
212 2.875 714 6.7 12 12.750 27 215.9 212 2.875 6 5.8 12 12.750 2134 177.0
65 73 184 3.0 300 323.9 686 97.9 65 73 152 2.6 300 323.9 552 80.3
3 3.500 734 9.5 14 14.000 3112 227.3 3 3.500 612 8.0 14 14.000 2514 227.3
80 88.9 197 4.3 350 355.6 800 103.1 80 88.9 165 3.6 350 355.6 641 103.1
312 4.000 812 12.3 16 16.000 36 363.5 312 4.000 634 10.2 16 16.000 29 297.9
90 101.6 216 5.6 400 406.4 914 164.9 90 101.6 171 4.6 400 406.4 737 135.1
4 4.500 9 15.7 18 18.000 4012 461.3 4 4.500 714 12.8 18 18.000 3212 378.1
100 114.3 229 7.1 450 457.2 1029 209.2 100 114.3 184 5.8 450 457.2 826 171.5
5 5.563 1114 26.5 20 20.000 45 540.7 5 5.563 9 21.8 20 20.000 36 467.8
125 141.3 286 12.0 500 508 1143 245.3 125 141.3 229 9.9 500 508 914 212.2
6 6.625 1312 41.3 24 24.000 5334 824.4 6 6.625 1034 33.9 24 24.000 4314 675.7
150 168.3 343 18.7 600 609.6 1365 373.9 150 168.3 273 15.4 600 609.6 1099 304.1
8 8.625 18 82.9 8 8.625 1412 68.0
200 219.1 457 37.6 200 219.1 368 30.8
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 75
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7052 3D FIG. 7053 3D
LONG RADIUS 2212 ELBOW LONG RADIUS 1114 ELBOW
O.D. O.D.
R=3D R=3D
GRUVLOK
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7050-5D 90 ELBOW FIGURE 7057-5D 60 ELBOW
Nom. Center Approx. Nom. Center Approx. Nom. Center Approx. Nom. Center Approx.
O.D. O.D. O.D. O.D.
Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea.
In./ In./ In./ In./
In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
DN(mm) DN(mm) DN(mm) DN(mm)
2 2.375 14 7.2 10 10.750 60 332.4 2 2.375 934 5.6 10 10.750 39 244.1
50 60.3 356 3.3 250 273.1 1524 150.8 50 60.3 248 2.5 250 273.1 991 110.7
212 2.875 1612 13.3 12 12.750 72 488.4 212 2.875 1114 10.2 12 12.750 3
46 4 358.6
65 73 419 6.0 300 323.9 1829 221.5 65 73 286 4.6 300 323.9 1187 162.7
3 3.500 19 19.9 14 14.000 84 627.4 3 3.500 1234 15.0 14 14.000 5412 460.7
80 88.9 483 9.0 350 355.6 2134 284.6 80 88.9 324 6.8 350 355.6 1384 209.0
312 4.000 2112 26.9 16 16.000 96 822.2 312 4.000 1214 20.0 16 16.000 6214 603.8
90 101.6 546 12.2 400 406.4 2438 372.9 90 101.6 311 9.1 400 406.4 1581 273.9
4 4.500 24 35.4 18 18.000 108 1,043.4 4 4.500 1512 26.0 18 18.000 70 766.2
100 114.3 610 16.1 450 457.2 2743 473.3 100 114.3 394 11.8 450 457.2 1778 347.5
5 5.563 30 60.0 20 20.000 120 1,290.9 5 5.563 1912 44.1 20 20.000 7734 947.9
125 141.3 762 27.2 500 508 3048 585.5 125 141.3 495 20.0 500 508 1975 430.0
6 6.625 36 93.5 24 24.000 144 1,864.8 6 6.625 2314 68.6 24 24.000 9314 1,369.3
150 168.3 914 42.4 600 609.6 3658 845.9 150 168.3 591 31.1 600 609.6 2369 621.1
8 8.625 48 187.6 8 8.625 31 137.7
200 219.1 1219 85.1 200 219.1 787 62.5
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 77
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7051 5D FIG. 7058 5D
LONG RADIUS 45 ELBOW LONG RADIUS 30 ELBOW
O.D. O.D.
R= R= 5
5D D
GRUVLOK
O.D. O.D.
R= 5D R= 5D
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7052-5D 2212 ELBOW FIGURE 7053-5D 1114 ELBOW
Nom. Center Approx. Nom. Center Approx. Nom. Center Approx. Nom. Center Approx.
O.D. O.D. O.D. O.D.
Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea.
In./ In./ In./ In./
In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
DN(mm) DN(mm) DN(mm) DN(mm)
2 2.375 6 3.6 10 10.750 20 133.7 2 2.375 5 3.0 10 10.750 15 100.6
50 60.3 152 1.6 250 273.1 508 60.6 50 60.3 127 1.4 250 273.1 381 45.6
212 2.875 612 6.2 12 12.750 24 196.4 212 2.875 514 5.0 12 12.750 18 147.8
65 73 165 2.8 300 323.9 610 89.1 65 73 133 2.3 300 323.9 457 67.0
3 3.500 7 8.8 14 14.000 28 252.3 3 3.500 512 6.9 14 14.000 21 189.8
80 88.9 178 4.0 350 355.6 711 114.4 80 88.9 140 3.1 350 355.6 533 86.1
312 4.000 712 11.3 16 16.000 32 330.7 312 4.000 534 8.7 16 16.000 24 248.8
90 101.6 191 5.1 400 406.4 813 150.0 90 101.6 146 3.9 400 406.4 610 112.9
4 4.500 8 14.3 18 18.000 36 419.7 4 4.500 6 10.7 18 18.000 27 315.7
100 114.3 203 6.5 450 457.2 914 190.4 100 114.3 152 4.9 450 457.2 686 143.2
5 5.563 10 24.1 20 20.000 40 519.2 5 5.563 712 18.2 20 20.000 30 390.6
125 141.3 254 10.9 500 508 1016 235.5 125 141.3 191 8.3 500 508 762 177.2
6 6.625 12 37.6 24 24.000 48 750.1 6 6.625 9 28.3 24 24.000 3534 564.3
150 168.3 305 17.1 600 609.6 1219 340.2 150 168.3 229 12.8 600 609.6 908 256.0
8 8.625 16 75.4 8 8.625 12 56.8
200 219.1 406 34.2 200 219.1 305 25.8
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 79
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7050 6D FIG. 7057 6D
LONG RADIUS 90 ELBOW LONG RADIUS 60 ELBOW
O.D. O.D.
R
= R=
6D
6D
GRUVLOK
O.D. O.D.
R= R= 6
D
6D
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7051-6D 45 ELBOW FIGURE 7058-6D 30 ELBOW
Nom. Center Approx. Nom. Center Approx. Nom. Center Approx. Nom. Center Approx.
O.D. O.D. O.D. O.D.
Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea.
In./ In./ In./ In./
In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
DN(mm) DN(mm) DN(mm) DN(mm)
2 2.375 9 5.3 10 10.750 35 226.4 2 2.375 714 4.3 10 10.750 26 173.4
50 60.3 229 2.4 250 273.1 889 102.7 50 60.3 184 2.0 250 273.1 660 78.7
212 2.875 1014 9.5 12 12.750 3
41 4 332.7 212 2.875 8 7.7 12 12.750 3114 254.8
65 73 260 4.3 300 323.9 1060 150.9 65 73 203 3.5 300 323.9 794 115.6
3 3.500 112 14.0 14 14.000 4834 427.3 3 3.500 834 11.0 14 14.000 3612 327.3
80 88.9 38 6.4 350 355.6 1238 193.8 80 88.9 222 5.0 350 355.6 927 148.5
312 4.000 1234 18.6 16 16.000 5534 560.1 312 4.000 934 14.4 16 16.000 4134 429.0
90 101.6 324 8.4 400 406.4 1416 254.1 90 101.6 248 6.5 400 406.4 1060 194.6
4 4.500 14 24.1 18 18.000 6234 710.7 4 4.500 1012 18.5 18 18.000 47 544.4
100 114.3 356 10.9 450 457.2 1594 322.4 100 114.3 267 8.4 450 457.2 1194 246.9
5 5.563 1712 40.9 20 20.000 6934 879.3 5 5.563 13 31.3 20 20.000 5214 673.5
125 141.3 445 18.6 500 508 1772 398.8 125 141.3 330 14.2 500 508 1327 305.5
6 6.625 21 63.7 24 24.000 8334 1,270.3 6 6.625 1534 48.8 24 24.000 6212 973.0
150 168.3 533 28.9 600 609.6 2127 576.2 150 168.3 400 22.1 600 609.6 1588 441.3
8 8.625 28 127.8 8 8.625 21 97.9
200 219.1 711 58.0 200 219.1 533 44.4
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 81
Grooved Fittings
FIG. 7052 6D FIG. 7053 6D
LONG RADIUS 2212 ELBOW LONG RADIUS 1114 ELBOW
O.D. O.D.
R= 6D R= 6D
GRUVLOK
L N
Lock with 5/16" C
K CLOSED
S Shackle or O.D.
OSHA Lockout
OPEN
F
GRUVLOK
H
T (Not Supplied B
J
G M with Valve)
U A
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 83
Valves & Accessories
SERIES 7700 - BUTTERFLY VALVE DIMENSIONS
Valve Size (ANSI/DN)
Dimensions
2 212 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
In./mm 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
916 916 916 916 78 78 1 114 114
G
14.3 14.3 14.3 14.3 22.2 22.2 25.4 31.8 31.8
716 716 716 716 716 716 12 12 12
H
11.1 11.1 11.1 11.1 11.1 11.1 13.5 13.5 13.5
1
138 178 234
GRUVLOK
- - - - - 8
J
- - - - - 3.3 34.8 47.0 70.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5
K
76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 127.0 127.0 127.0
5
5 16 512 614 612 7 712 7
9 16 - -
L
135.1 140.5 158.2 165.9 178.6 191.0 240.3 - -
1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 15 - -
M
266.7 266.7 266.7 266.7 266.7 266.7 381.0 - -
71316 8 81116 9 912 10 141516 1658 201116
N
198.0 203.3 221.1 228.7 241.4 253.9 379.2 422.7 525.3
4 4 4 4 4 4 8116 8116 1158
P
102.1 102.1 102.1 102.1 102.1 102.1 204.5 204.5 295.4
112 112 112 112 112 112 2516 2516 2916
R
38.2 38.2 38.2 38.2 38.2 38.2 58.5 58.5 65.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 258 258 314
S
51.0 51.0 51.0 51.0 51.0 51.0 66.0 66.0 83.0
5 5 5 5 5 5
6 16 6 16 6 16 6 16 6 16 6 16 101316 101316 131316
T
160.3 160.3 160.3 160.3 160.3 160.3 275.3 275.3 350.3
5 5 5 5 5 5 12 12 18
U
127.0 127.0 127.0 127.0 127.0 127.0 304.8 304.8 457.2
3" or 5" handwheels may be included on valves sizes 2" - 4". Contact your Anvil Rep. for additional information.
84 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Valves & Accessories
SERIES 7600
BUTTERFLY VALVES
ORANGE
C GRIP
E F REF.
D L
K REF.
A B G REF.
GRUVLOK
H REF.
BLACK COATING
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 85
Valves & Accessories
SERIES 8000GR
BUTTERFLY VALVE K
DIA. HOLE POSITION
J DIA. N INDICATOR
DIA. R GEAR OPERATOR
BOLT HOLE (Shown 90 out
D of Position)
E DIA. F
G
SIZE
OF KEY
B
GRUVLOK
A
M
C DIA. L
86 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Valves & Accessories
FIG. 141S, FIG. 171N & FIG. 171S
INTERNATIONAL BRASS BALL VALVES
C
DIMENSIONS
Valve Port Approx.
Size A C D Cv
Code Dia. Wt. Ea.
OPORT
D In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
GRUVLOK
12 12 2116 378 11316 6.3 0.7
15 12 52 98 46 0.3
34 916 21116 378 11516 9.5 0.8
141S 20 14 68 98 49 0.4
Standard 1 34 3316 41316 2516 22.2 1.1
A
Port 25 19 81 122 59 0.5
114 1 3916 41316 212 30.8 1.5
Soldered 32 25 90 122 63 0.7
NOTES 3. Rate of Flow Calculations for
End 112 114 4 6 3116 60.9 2.2
1. Dimensions of solder joint ends liquids:
40 32 102 152 78 1.0
conform to ANSI B16.22. Solder To determine the ow rate of a 2 1916 1
5 16 6 3516 92.9 3.1
end valves are designed to be liquid passing through a valve, 50 40 128 152 84 1.4
used with solders not exceeding use the following formula:
a melting point of 470F/250C.
Higher temperatures may damage
the seal material.
2. For solder joint valves, the Where: QL = ow of liquid in
pressure/temperature rating gallons per minute (GPM)
is dependent on the solder
material used. Please refer to the CV = ow coefcient
limitations listed in ANSI B16.18. P = pressure drop (PSI)
SL = specic gravity of liquid
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 87
Valves & Accessories
FIG. 141S, FIG. 171N & FIG. 171S
INTERNATIONAL BRASS BALL VALVES
DIMENSIONS DIMENSIONS
Valve Port Approx. Valve Port Approx.
Size A C D Cv Size A C D Cv
Code Dia. Wt. Ea. Code Dia. Wt. Ea.
In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
1 3
4 8 2 378 134 6 0.3 1
2 9
16 212 378 178 19 0.5
GRUVLOK
8 10 51 98 45 0.1 15 14 64 98 48 0.2
38 38 2 378 134 7 0.3 34 34 3 41316 2516 35 0.7
10 10 51 98 45 0.1 20 19 76 122 59 0.3
12 916 2716 378 178 19 0.4 1 1 3916 41316 212 50 1.1
15 14 62 98 48 0.2 25 25 91 122 64 0.5
34 34 21116 41316 214 35 0.7 171S 114 114 4916 6 318 104 2.0
20 19 68 122 57 0.3 Full 32 32 103 152 79 0.9
1516
171N 1 3116 41316 2716 50 1.0 Port 112 1916 4916 6 338 268 2.7
Full 25 24 78 122 62 0.5 40 40 116 152 86 1.2
Port 114 114 3716 6 3116 104 2.0 Soldered 2 11516 5716 6716 31116 309 3.9
32 32 87 152 78 0.9 End 50 49 138 164 94 1.8
Threaded 112 1916 378 6 3516 268 3.1 212 2916 678 8716 5 629 9.4
End 40 40 98 152 84 1.4 65 65 175 205 127 4.3
2 11516 4516 638 31316 309 4.2 3 318 8316 8116 7
5 16 1018 14.5
50 49 110 162 97 1.9 75 79 208 205 138 6.6
212 2916 5916 8116 5 629 8.0 4 31516 10516 1014 6516 1622 24.7
65 65 141 205 127 3.7 100 100 262 260 160 11.2
3 318 6716 8516 5716 1018 12.0
75 79 164 205 138 5.9
4 31516 758 1014 6516 1622 22.0
100 100 194 260 160 10.0
88 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Valves & Accessories
FIG. 7500
BALL VALVES
B C
F
D E
Valve
GRUVLOK
A Pipe O.D.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 89
Valves & Accessories
SERIES 7500
BALL VALVES
G F
C
B L
CLOSED
J
K
GRUVLOK
OPEN
A
E D
B
H
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
6 6.625 658 414 8716 512 1014 5116 818 12 1312 11316 1 9.6
150 168.3 168.7 107.4 214.6 140.5 260.4 128.0 206.4 304.8 342.9 45.2 25.4 4.4
90 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Valves & Accessories
FIG. 400G
GROOVED-END SILENT CHECK VALVE
GRUVLOK
50 60.3 152 152 1,676 5.4
B 212 2.875 4025G 614 7 88 15
65 73.0 159 178 2,235 6.8
3 3.500 403G 6716 712 130 20
80 88.9 164 191 3,302 9.1
A 4 4.500 404G 818 9 228 36
100 114.3 206 229 5,791 16.3
5 5.563 405G 1114 10 350 50
125 141.3 286 254 8,890 22.7
6 6.625 406G 1214 11 520 68
150 168.3 311 279 13,208 30.8
8 8.625 408G 1334 1312 900 140
200 219.1 349 343 22,860 63.5
10 10.750 410G 16 16 1,450 198
250 273.1 406 406 36,830 89.8
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 91
Valves & Accessories
SERIES 7800
CHECK VALVES
FIGURE 7800 - CHECK VALVE
Nom. Nominal Dimensions Approx.
O.D.
Size A B C D E F G Wt. Ea.
G
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg.
2 2.375 634 238 1716 134 412 3316 438 7.5
GRUVLOK
92 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Valves & Accessories
GBV-G
BALANCING VALVES
212" TO 12" DUCTILE IRON, GROOVE D-END STRAIGHT
GRUVLOK
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
B
212 2.875 12 958 234 1 2916 7 712 25
65 73.0 305 244 70 25 65 178 191 11.3
C
3 3.500 12 1012 2716 1 3 712 814 28
80 88.9 305 267 61 25 76 191 210 12.7
E
A 4 4.500 14 10916 3 114 3716 914 10 41
100 114.3 356 268 76 32 87 235 254 18.6
5 5.563 1712 13116 358 114 41516 10 11 90
G 125 141.3 445 331 92 32 125 254 279 40.8
6 6.625 201116 13 34 4716 2 578 11 1212 130
150 168.3 525 349 112 51 149 279 318 59.0
8 8.625 28316 2458 51116 214 778 1312 15 310
F 200 219.1 716 625 144 57 200 343 381 140.6
10 10.750 30 2612 6916 214 91532 16 1712 460
250 273.1 762 673 166 57 240 406 445 208.7
12 12.750 38116 28716 758 214 1258 19 2012 870
300 323.9 966 722 194 57 321 483 521 394.6
NOTE: Grooved-Ends are for connection of components with dimensions conforming to Gruvlok standard grooved
specications for IPS pipe.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 93
Valves & Accessories
GBV-A
BALANCING VALVE
212" TO 12" DUCTILE IRON, GROOVE D-END ANGLE
B In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
212 2.875 738 958 234 458 1 2916 7 712 25
65 73.0 187 244 70 117 25 65 178 191 11.3
E 3 3.500 838 1012 2716 378 1 3 712 814 28
D 80 88.9 213 267 61 98 25 76 191 210 12.7
4 4.500 958 10916 3 438 114 3716 914 10 41
100 114.3 244 268 76 111 32 87 235 254 18.6
A
C 5 5.563 12 13116 358 512 114 41516 10 11 90
125 141.3 305 331 92 140 32 125 254 279 40.8
6 6.625 1418 13 34 4716 658 2 578 11 1212 130
150 168.3 359 349 112 168 51 149 279 318 59.0
G 8 8.625 181516 24 58 51116 9316 214 778 1312 15 310
200 219.1 481 625 144 233 57 200 343 381 140.6
10 10.750 20516 2612 6916 934 214 91532 16 1712 460
250 273.1 515 673 166 248 57 240 406 445 208.7
12 12.750 24116 28716 758 14 214 1258 19 2012 870
F 300 323.9 611 722 194 356 57 321 483 521 394.6
NOTE: Grooved-Ends are for connection of components with dimensions conforming to Gruvlok standard grooved
specications for IPS pipe.
94 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Valves & Accessories
GBV-S (SOLDER) GBV-T (NPT-THREADED)
FIVE TURN CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES FIVE TURN CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES
B B
GRUVLOK
A C A C
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 95
Valves & Accessories
FTV-S (STRAIGHT)
TRI-SERVICE VALVE
96 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Valves & Accessories
FTV-A (ANGLE BODY)
TRI-SERVICE VALVE
MODEL FTV-A - (ANGLE)
B Flange Flange
B D Connection Approx.
A (fully C D E F 125/150 PSI 250/300 PSI
Size Wt. Each
open) G G
In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm lbs/kg
21/2 73/8 7 23/4 45/8 1 29/16 7 71/2 19
GRUVLOK
A 65 187 178 70 117 25 65 178 191 9
3 83/16 713/16 27/16 37/8 1 3 71/2 81/4 24
880 208 198 62 98 25 76 191 210 11
C
4 95/8 8 3 43/8 11/4 37/16 91/4 10 42
100 244 203 76 111 32 87 235 254 19
5 12 101/8 35/8 51/2 11/4 415/16 10 11 81
E (diameter) 125 305 257 92 140 32 125 254 279 37
6 141/8 103/8 47/16 65/8 2 57/8 11 121/2 120
150 359 264 113 168 51 149 279 318 54
8 1815/16 183/4 511/16 93/16 21/4 77/8 131/2 15 300
200 481 476 144 233 57 200 343 381 136
G 10 205/16 24 69/16 93/4 21/4 915/32 16 171/2 450
250 516 610 167 248 57 241 409 445 204
12 241/16 261/4 75/8 14 21/4 125/8 19 201/2 860
300 611 667 194 356 57 321 483 521 390
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 97
Valves & Accessories
FIG. 7260
GRUVLOK TEE STRAINER
E to E
Y
NOTE: This illustration shows the
C to O required orientation of the Rigidlok
access coupling for assembly with
GRUVLOK
a grooved-end ange.
X
Y
NOTE: This illustration shows the
C to O required orientation of the Rigidlok
GRUVLOK
access coupling for assembly with
a grooved-end ange.
X
GRUVLOK
C 50 60.3 20.7 248 192 116 12 4.2
Screen
Removal 212 2.875 300 1034 71316 41316 1
2 92 13.2
65 73.0 20.7 273 211 122 12 6.0
3 3.500 300 1134 81116 5116 1 162 18.0
D 80 88.9 20.7 298 231 129 25 8.2
Plug Size 4 4.500 300 1414 1058 658 1 284 26.4
100 114.3 20.7 362 281 168 25 12.0
Not for use in copper systems. 5 5.563 300 1612 13 10316 1 410 46.4
Pressure ratings listed are CWP (cold water pressure) or maxi- 125 141.3 20.7 419 330 258 25 22.0
mum working pressure within the service temperature range of 6 6.625 300 1812 14116 858 112 770 70.4
the gasket used in the coupling. This rating may occasionally dif- 150 168.3 20.7 470 357 219 38 32.0
fer from maximum working pressures listed and/or approved by 8 8.625 300 24 1778 11316 112 1010 121.0
UL, ULC, and/or FM as testing conditions and test pipes differ. 200 219.1 20.7 610 454 284 38 55.0
Maximum working pressure and end loads listed are total of inter- 10 10.750 300 27 20916 1258 112 1800 182.6
nal and external pressures and loads based on Sch. 40 steel pipe 250 273.1 20.7 686 522 320 38 83.0
with roll grooves to ANSI C606-97 specications. 12 12.750 300 30 24 1438 112 2800 277.2
For one time eld test only the maximum joint working pressure 300 323.9 20.7 762 609 366 38 126.0
may be increased 112 times the gures shown. 14 14.000 300 40 291516 1878 112 4600 418.0
Warning: Piping systems must always be depressurized and 350 355.6 20.7 1016 760 480 38 190.0
drained before attempting disassembly and or removal of any 16 16.000 300 42 30916 19 112 5800 495.0
components. 400 406.4 20.7 1067 777 483 38 225.0
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 101
Valves & Accessories
FIG. 7250
SUCTION DIFFUSER
C-E GRUVLOK C-E
FIG. 7250
OAH FLOW OAH
OAW OAW
FIG. 7250 FLOW
T-O T-O
21/2" x 21/2" thru 10" x 8" 10" x 10" thru 16" x 14"
FIGURE 7250 - SUCTION DIFFUSER
System Pump Orice Max.
Nominal Approx.
O.D. Side Side C-E C-O OAL OAH OAW CLR T-O Cylinder Open Working
Size Wt. Each
(Grooved) (Flanged) Area Pressure
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./DN(mm) In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In. Sq./cm. Sq. PSI/bar Lbs./Kg
212 x 212 2.875 x 2.875 212 212 5 814 1312 9 912 1212 2316 47.0 300 36
65 x 65 73.0 x 73.0 65 65 127 210 343 229 241 318 56 303 20.7 16.3
3x2 3.500 x 2.375 3 2 5 8 14 9 838 1312 2316 47.0 300 36
80 x 65 88.9 x 60.3 80 50 127 203 356 229 213 343 56 303 20.7 16.3
3 x 212 3.500 x 2.875 3 212 5 814 1312 9 912 1212 2316 47.0 300 36
80 x 65 88.9 x 73.0 80 65 127 210 343 229 241 318 56 303 20.7 16.3
3x3 3.500 x 3.500 3 3 5 814 1312 9 912 1212 2316 51.0 300 37
80 x 80 88.9 x 88.9 80 80 127 210 343 229 241 318 56 329 20.7 16.8
4 x 212 4.500 x 2.875 4 212 5 814 1312 9 912 1212 2316 51.0 300 38
100 x 65 114.3 x 2.875 100 65 127 210 343 229 241 318 56 329 20.7 17.2
4x3 4.500 x 3.500 4 3 5 814 1312 9 10 1212 2316 51.0 300 38
100 x 80 114.3 x 88.9 100 80 127 210 343 229 254 318 56 329 20.7 17.2
4x4 4.500 x 4.500 4 4 612 1012 1712 1134 1112 1612 314 95.0 300 72
100 x 100 114.3 x 114.3 100 100 165 267 445 298 292 419 83 613 20.7 32.7
102 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Valves & Accessories
FIG. 7250 (CONT'D.)
SUCTION DIFFUSER
FIGURE 7250 - SUCTION DIFFUSER
System Pump Orice Max.
Nominal Approx.
O.D. Side Side C-E C-O OAL OAH OAW CLR T-O Cylinder Open Working
Size Wt. Each
(Grooved) (Flanged) Area Pressure
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./DN(mm) In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In. Sq./cm. Sq. PSI/bar Lbs./Kg
5x4 5.563 x 4.500 5 4 612 1012 1712 1134 1112 1612 314 95.0 300 74
GRUVLOK
125 x 100 141.3 x 114.3 125 100 165 267 445 298 292 419 83 613 20.7 33.6
5x5 5.563 x 5.563 5 5 612 1012 1712 1134 1212 1612 314 124.0 300 75
125 x 125 141.3 x 141.3 125 125 165 267 445 298 318 419 83 800 20.7 34.0
6x3 6.625 x 3.500 6 3 612 1012 18 1134 1012 1712 314 94.0 300 72
150 x 80 168.3 x 88.9 150 80 165 267 457 298 268 445 83 607 20.7 34.0
6x4 6.625 x 4.500 6 4 612 1012 1712 1134 1112 1612 314 95.0 300 72
150 x 100 168.3 x 114.3 150 100 165 267 445 298 292 419 83 613 20.7 32.7
6x5 6.625 x 5.563 6 5 612 1012 1712 1134 1212 1612 314 124.0 300 74
150 x 125 168.3 x 141.3 150 125 165 267 445 298 318 419 83 800 20.7 33.6
6x6 6.625 x 6.625 6 6 734 1314 2112 1434 1312 2012 478 182.0 300 133
150 x 150 168.3 x 168.3 150 150 197 337 546 375 343 521 124 1,174 20.7 60.3
8 x 5* 8.625 x 5.563 8 5 734 1314 2112 101516 10 1912 478 182.0 300 118
200 x 125 219.1x 141.3 200 125 197 337 546 278 254 495 124 1,174 20.7 53.5
8x6 8.625 x 6.625 8 6 734 1314 2112 1434 1312 2012 478 182.0 300 118
200 x 150 219.1 x 168.3 200 150 197 337 546 375 343 521 124 1,174 20.7 53.5
8x8 8.625 x 8.625 8 8 9 1514 2412 1712 19 2312 578 283.5 300 190
200 x 200 219.1 x 219.1 200 200 229 387 622 445 483 597 149 1,829 20.7 86.2
10 x 8 10.750 x 8.625 10 8 9 1514 2412 1712 19 2312 578 283.5 300 203
250 x 200 273.1 x 219.1 250 200 229 387 622 445 483 597 149 1,829 20.7 92.1
10 x 10* 10.750 x 10.750 10 10 10 1714 28 1958 22 26 738 397.0 300 192
250 x 250 273.1 x 273.1 250 250 254 438 711 498 559 660 187 2,561 20.7 87.1
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 103
Valves & Accessories
FIG. 7250 (CONT'D.)
SUCTION DIFFUSER
* Fabricated NOTES:
Other sizes available on special request. Contact Gruvlok Rep. for ordering information. 1. CLR Dimension indicates clearance needed for diffuser basket removal.
Dimensions may vary Contact Gruvlok Rep. for certied values. 2. Drain Holes: (End Cap) 34" NPT for sizes 212 x 212 thru 6 x 5,
Not for use in copper systems. -1" NPT for sizes 6 x 6 thru 16 x 14.
Product must be supported by pipe supports (supports not included). 3. Pipe Support - Use 114" SCH. 40 Pipe for 212" thru 10" pipe & 2" SCH. 40 Pipe
for 12"& larger diffusers.
4. "Orice Cylinder Open Area" is the total area of the opening in the diffuser basket
after the pre-lter screen has been removed.
104 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Valves & Accessories
MODELS GAV-15
AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS FOR ULTIMATE PERFORMANCE
43/4"
OUTLET MODEL GAV-15 - AUTOMATIC AIR VENT
Valve Maximum Inlet Outlet Orice Approx.
Size Temp. Size NPT Size NPT Size Wt. Ea.
GRUVLOK
In./DN(mm) F/C In./DN(mm) In./DN(mm) In./DN(mm) Lbs/Kg
12 12 12 116
250 512
51/4" 15 120 15 15 2 3
34 34 12 116
250 512
20 120 20 15 2 3
1 250 1 12 116 512
INLET 25 120 25 15 2 3
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 105
Valves & Accessories
MODELS GAV-30
AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS FOR ULTIMATE PERFORMANCE
51/8"
OUTLET MODEL GAV-30 - AUTOMATIC AIR VENT
Valve Maximum Inlet Outlet Orice Approx.
Size Temp. Size NPT Size NPT Size Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) F/C In./DN(mm) In./DN(mm) In./DN(mm) Lbs/Kg
GRUVLOK
12 12 12 116
250 8
6" 15 120 15 15 2 3
34 34 12 116
250 8
20 120 20 15 2 3
INLET
106 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Valves & Accessories
FIG. AF21-GG
GROOVED ENDS FLEX CONNECTOR
AF21-GG - GRXGR FLEX CONNECTORS
Nominal Model Pressure Parallel Offset * Approx.
O.D. A
Size or 10 dig. # 70F Permanent Intermittent Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm psi/bar In./mm In./mm Lbs./kN
2 2.375 AF0390232007 12 450 114 38 2.5
GRUVLOK
A .125
300 Series SS Annular 304 SS 50 60.3 304.8 31.0 31.8 9.5 1.1
Corrugated Hose Braid 212 2.875 AF0390232106 12 300 114 38 3.5
65 73.0 304.8 20.7 31.8 9.5 1.6
3 3.500 AF0390232031 12 275 34 14 4.5
80 88.9 304.8 19.0 19.1 6.4 2.0
14
4 4.500 AF0390232114 14 270 12 8.0
300 Series Sch. 40 Carbon Steel 100 114.3 355.6 18.6 12.7 6.4 3.6
SS Ferrule Grooved Ends 78 38
5 5.563 AF0390232122 16 225 12.0
125 141.3 406.4 15.5 22.2 9.5 5.4
5 1
6 6.625 AF0390232130 16 165 8 4 14.0
150 168.3 406.4 11.4 15.9 6.4 6.4
8 8.625 AF0390232148 16 155 12 14 20.0
200 219.1 406.4 10.7 12.7 6.4 9.1
58 14
10 10.750 AF0390232155 20 150 38.0
250 273.1 508.0 10.3 15.9 6.4 17.2
12 12.750 AF0390232163 20 145 12 14 46.0
See Installation & Assembly directions on 300 323.9 508.0 10.0 12.7 6.4 20.9
pages 190-191. * See Motion Classication to the left for additional information.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 107
Valves & Accessories
FIG. AF21-GF
CLASS 150 FLANGED X GROOVED FLEX CONNECTOR
AF21-GF - GRXFL FLEX CONNECTORS
Nominal Model Pressure Parallel Offset Approx.
O.D. A
Size or 10 dig. # 70F Permanent Intermittent Wt. Ea.
A .125
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm psi/bar In./mm In./mm Lbs./kN
300 Series SS Annular 304 SS
2 2.375 AF0390232197 12 450 178 58 7.2
GRUVLOK
GRUVLOK
300 Series
SS Annular 304 SS 50 60.3 228.6 31.0 28.6 9.5 4.5
Corrugated Hose Braid 212 2.875 AF0390232395 9 300 1 3
8 12.0
65 73.0 228.6 20.7 25.4 9.5 5.4
58 14
3 3.500 AF0390232403 9 275 14.0
80 88.9 228.6 19.0 15.9 6.4 6.4
4 4.500 AF0390232429 9 270 12 14 19.0
300 Series 100 114.3 228.6 18.6 12.7 6.4 8.6
SS Ferrule Plate Steel Flange 5 5.563 AF0390232437 11 225 3
4 3
8 25.0
150# Drilling
Flat Face 125 141.3 279.4 15.5 19.1 9.5 11.3
58 14
6 6.625 AF0390232445 11 165 30.0
150 168.3 279.4 11.4 15.9 6.4 13.6
12 14
8 8.625 AF0390232452 12 155 54.0
200 219.1 304.8 10.7 12.7 6.4 24.5
See Installation & Assembly directions on 10 10.750 AF0390232460 13 150 12 14 75.0
pages 190-191. 250 273.1 330.2 10.3 12.7 6.4 34.0
12 14
12 12.750 AF0390232478 14 145 105.0
Anvil also provides AnvilFlex Increaseres
contact your Gruvlok Rep. for additional 300 323.9 355.6 10.0 12.7 6.4 47.6
information * See Motion Classication on previous page for additional information.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 109
High Pressure System
FIG. 7004 HPR
COUPLING Y Z
X
Fig. 7004 HPR
with standard gasket.
GRUVLOK
110 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
High Pressure Fittings
FIG. 7004 EG FIG. 7068 EG
END GUARD COUPLING Y Z HIGH PRESSURE CROSS
C to E
X
O.D.
Fig. 7004 EG
with EG gasket.
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7004 - END GUARD (EG) COUPLING FIG. 7068 EG
Nominal
O.D.
Max. Wk. Max. End Range of Pipe Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts Approx. HIGH PRESSURE CROSS
Size Pressure Load End Separation X Y Z Qty. Size Wt. Ea. Nom. Center Approx.
O.D.
In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg Size To-End Wt. Ea.
2 2.375 2500 11,075 0 -18 358 614 178 2 58 x 234 4.1 In./
In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
50 60.3 172.4 49.27 0 - 3.2 92 159 48 1.9 DN(mm)
212 2.875 2500 16,230 0 -18 414 678 178 2 58 x 312 5.1 2 2.375 314 3.9
65 73.0 172.4 72.19 0 - 3.2 108 175 48 M16 x 85 2.3 50 60.3 83 1.8
3 3.500 2500 24,053 0 -18 478 712 178 2 58 x 312 5.5 212 2.875 334 6.8
80 88.9 172.4 106.99 0 - 3.2 124 191 48 M16 x 85 2.5 65 73.0 95 3.1
4 4.500 2500 39,761 0 -14 614 912 214 2 34 x 412 9.0 3 3.500 414 11.5
100 114.3 172.4 176.86 0 - 6.4 159 241 57 M16 x 85 4.1 80 88.9 108 5.2
6 6.625 2000 68,943 0 -14 834 1218 214 2 78 x 512 15.5 4 4.500 5 19.3
150 168.3 137.9 306.67 0 - 6.4 222 308 57 M22 x 150 7.0 100 114.3 127 8.8
8 8.625 1500 87,639 0 -14 1118 1478 258 2 1 x 512 25.6 6 6.625 612 46.0
200 219.1 103.4 389.84 0 - 6.4 283 378 67 11.6 150 168.3 165 20.9
10 10.750 1250 113,453 0 -14 1312 17 258 2 1 x 612 32.3
250 273.1 86.2 504.66 0 - 6.4 343 432 67 14.7
12 12.750 1250 159,595 0 -14 1578 1914 258 2 1 x 612 43.9
300 323.9 86.2 709.92 0 - 6.4 403 489 67 19.9
For additional details, see coupling data chart notes on page 262. Not for use in copper systems.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 111
High Pressure System
FIG. 7050 EG FIG. 7051 EG FIG. 7022 EG FIG. 7060 EG
HIGH PRESSURE 90 LR ELBOW HIGH PRESSURE 45 LR ELBOW HIGH PRESSURE HEADER TEE HIGH PRESSURE TEE
O.D. O.D. O.D. O.D.
C to E C to E C to E
C to E C to E C to E
FIGURE 7050 EG, FIGURE 7051 EG, FIG. 7022 EG FIGURE 7060 EG
GRUVLOK
HIGH PRESSURE 90 LR ELBOW HIGH PRESSURE 45 LR ELBOW HIGH PRESSURE HEADER TEE HIGH PRESSURE TEE
Nom. O.D. Center Approx. Nom. Center Approx. Nom. Center Approx. Nom. Center Approx.
O.D. O.D. OD
Size To-End Wt. Ea. Size To-End Wt. Ea. Size To-End Wt. Ea. Size To-End Wt. Ea.
In./ In./ In./ In./
In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
DN(mm) DN(mm) DN(mm) DN(mm)
2 2.375 314 2.5 2 2.375 2 1.8 2 2.375 612 4.9 2 2.375 314 3.3
50 60.3 83 1.1 50 60.3 51 0.8 50 60.3 165 2.2 50 60.3 83 1.5
212 2.875 334 4.2 212 2.875 214 2.9 2 2.375 5 3.6 212 2.875 334 5.1
65 73.0 95 1.9 65 73.0 57 1.3 50 60.3 127 1.6 65 73.0 95 2.3
3 3.500 414 6.0 3 3.500 212 4.3 3 3.500 414 9.3
80 88.9 108 2.7 80 88.9 64 2.0 80 88.9 108 4.2
4 4.500 5 11.0 4 4.500 3 7.5 4 4.500 5 15.9
100 114.3 127 5.0 100 114.3 76 3.4 100 114.3 127 7.2
6 6.625 612 27.2 6 6.625 312 16.5 6 6.625 612 38.5
150 168.3 165 12.4 150 168.3 89 7.5 150 168.3 165 17.5
8 8.625 * *
200 219.1 * *
10 10.750 * *
250 273.0 * *
12 12.750 * *
300 323.9 * *
*Contact a Gruvlok Representative for
more information.
112 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Advanced Copper Method
FIG. 7400
RIGIDLITE COUPLING Y Z
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7400 - RIGIDLITE COUPLING
Range of Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts. Specied Torque
Approx Wt.
Nominal Size O.D. Pipe End X Y Z Qty. Size Min. Max. Ea.
Separation
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft. -Lbs./N-M Lbs./Kg
2 2.375 0 -18 314 512 134 2 3
8 x 214 30 45 1.6
50 60.3 0 - 3.2 83 140 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.7
212 2.875 0 -18 378 5 134 2 38 x 214 30 45 1.9
65 73.0 0 - 3.2 98 127 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.9
3 3.500 0 -18 412 634 134 2 38 x 234 30 45 2.1
80 88.9 0 - 3.2 114 171 44 M10 x 70 40 60 1.0
4 4.500 0 -14 558 734 178 2 38 x 234 30 45 3.1
100 114.3 0 - 6.4 143 197 48 M10 x 70 40 60 1.4
5 5.563 0 -14 678 914 2 2 12 x 3 80 100 4.6
125 141.3 0 - 6.4 175 235 51 M12 x 76 110 150 2.1
6 6.625 0 -14 778 1038 2 2 12 x 3 80 100 5.5
150 168.3 0 - 6.4 200 264 51 M12 x 76 110 150 2.5
8 8.625 0 -18 1014 1234 238 2 12 x 3 80 100 8.4
200 219.1 0 - 3.2 260 324 60 M12 x 76 110 150 3.8
For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.
see Coupling Data Chart Notes on page 262.
See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 156-157.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 113
Advanced Copper Method
FIG. 7012 (NOTES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
GRUVLOK FLANGES FOR GRUVLOK ADVANCED COPPER METHOD Z
Y
Amax. Bmin.
GRUVLOK FIGURE 7012 - FLANGE: ANSI CLASS 150 OR ISO PN10 OR PN16 BOLT PATTERNS
GRUVLOK
GRUVLOK
X
PN 16 uses M24 x 90 (PN) Dimensions for bolt circle PN 10 & 16 To avoid interference issues, anges cannot be assembled directly to Se-
Flange ries 7700 buttery valve. Flange can be assembled to one side of series
* Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated. 7500 and 7600 valve only.
Based on use with standard wall pipe. Gruvlok Flange adapter insert required when mating to rubber surfaces or
serrated faced mating anges.
For additional Bolt Torque information see page 200.
Mating ange bolts must be at least Intermediate Strength Bolting per
See Coupling Data Chart Notes on page 262. ASME B16.5. Bolts with material properties equal or greater than SAE
See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 162-165. J429 Grade 5 are acceptable.
The Gruvlok Flange bolt hole pattern conforms to ANSI Class 150 and Refer to Gruvlok Products Catalog or Anvil's web site for more informa-
Class 125 anges. tion on installing this ange
Effective sealing area of mating ange must be free from gouges, undula-
tions or deformities of any type to ensure proper sealing of the gasket.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 115
Advanced Copper Method
FIG. 7550 FIG. 7551 FIG. 7560
90 ELBOW 45 ELBOW TEES
C to E C to E
O.D.
O.D. C to E O.D.
C to E
GRUVLOK
116 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Advanced Copper Method
FIG. 7572 FIG. 7574
(GR X GR) CONCENTRIC REDUCER END CAP
E to E
O.D.
O.D.
GRUVLOK
E to E
FIGURE 7572 - (GR X GR) CONCENTRIC REDUCER FIGURE 7574 - END CAPS
Nominal End to Approx.
Nom. Size End to End Approx. Wt. Ea. Nom. Size End to End Approx. Wt. Ea. O.D.
Size End Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
212 x 2 314 0.6 5x3 512 2.8 2 2.375 114 0.3
65 x 50 83 0.3 125 x 80 140 1.3 50 60.3 32 0.1
3x2 378 1.0 5x4 558 3.3 212 2.875 114 0.4
80 x 50 98 0.5 125 x 100 143 1.5 65 73.0 32 0.2
3 x 212 358 0.9 6x3 612 4.9 3 3.500 114 0.6
80 x 65 92 0.4 150 x 80 165 2.2 80 88.9 32 0.3
4x2 5 2.2 6x4 612 4.8 4 4.500 114 1.0
100 x 50 127 1.0 150 x 100 165 2.2 100 114.3 32 0.5
4 x 212 434 2.0 6x5 612 5.2 5 5.563 114 2.2
100 x 65 121 0.9 150 x 125 165 2.4 125 141.3 32 1.0
4x3 434 2.0 6 6.625 114 2.8
100 x 80 121 0.9 150 168.3 32 1.3
8 8.625 4 11.0
8" ttings fabricated upon request. 200 219.1 203 5.0
Contact your Gruvlok Representative for more information. 8" ttings are copper coated stainless steel.
See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.D. sizes
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 117
Advanced Copper Method
FIG. 7561A
(GR X GR X GR) REDUCING TEE C to E
O.D.
C to E
GRUVLOK
118 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Advanced Copper Method
FIG. 7564A
(GR X GR X CUP) REDUCING TEE
C to E
O.D.
C to E
Cup
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7564A - (GR X GR X CUP) REDUCING TEE
Center Approx. Center Approx. Center Approx.
Nom. Size Cup Nom. Size Cup Nom. Size Cup
to End Wt. Ea. to End Wt. Ea. to End Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
2 x 2 x 34 612 314 1.0 212 x 212 x 112 712 334 1.7 4 x 4 x 34 10 5 4.5
50 x 50 x 20 165 83 0.5 65 x 65 x 40 191 95 0.8 100 x 100 x 20 254 127 2.0
2x2x1 612 314 1.0 212 x 212 x 2 712 334 1.8 4x4x1 10 5 4.6
50 x 50 x 25 165 83 0.5 65 x 65 x 50 191 95 0.8 100 x 100 x 25 254 127 2.1
2 x 2 x 114 612 314 1.1 3 x 3 x 34 812 414 2.5 4 x 4 x 114 10 5 4.7
50 x 50 x 32 165 83 0.5 80 x 80 x 20 216 108 1.1 100 x 100 x 32 254 127 2.1
2 x 2 x 112 612 314 1.1 3x3x1 812 414 2.5 4 x 4 x 112 10 5 4.7
50 x 50 x 40 165 83 0.5 80 x 80 x 25 216 108 1.1 100 x 100 x 40 254 127 2.1
212 x 212 x 34 712 334 1.6 3 x 3 x 114 812 414 2.5 4x4x2 10 5 4.8
65 x 65 x 80 191 95 0.7 80 x 80 x 32 216 108 1.1 100 x 100 x 50 254 127 2.2
212 x 212 x 1 712 334 1.7 3 x 3 x 112 812 414 2.6 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.D. sizes
65 x 65 x 25 191 95 0.8 80 x 80 x 40 216 108 1.2
212 x 212 x 114 712 334 1.7 3x3x2 812 414 2.7
65 x 65 x 32 191 95 0.8 80 x 80 x 50 216 108 1.2
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 119
Advanced Copper Method
FIG. 7575 FIG. 7582
(GR X CUP) REDUCING ADAPTER E to E TRANSITION FITTING
Cup E to E
O.D. Cup
O.D.
FIGURE 7575 - (GR X CUP) REDUCING ADAPTER
GRUVLOK
120 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Advanced Copper Method
SERIES 7500B
GROOVED-END BRONZE BALL VALVE - FULL PORT W1
W
J M
OPEN K B
B A H
FULL PORT CLOSE A
D C
O.D. C D O.D.
with extension
GRUVLOK
FULL PORT L piece L
Vent Hole
Vent Hole
SERIES 7500B
GROOVED-END BRONZE BALL VALVE - STANDARD PORT 4"
W1
9.250
J
OPEN K B
GRUVLOK
GRUVLOK
STEEL TUBE POLYPROPYLENE 19 26.7 22 26.7 +.13/-.00 76
1 1.315 n/a n/a 1.114 n/a 1.315 +.005/-.000 4.000
FIG. 7088 25 33.7 28 33.7 +.13/-.00 102
GROOVE BY THREAD 114 1.660 n/a n/a 1.458 n/a 1.660 +.006/-.000 4.000
32 42.4 37 42.4 +.15/-.00 102
E
A
112 1.900 n/a n/a 1.697 n/a 1.900 +.006/-.000 4.00
B 40 48.3 43 48.3 +.15/-.00 102
2 2.375 0.625 0.312 2.250 -0.015 2.375 +.007/-.000 4.000
50 60.3 15.88 7.92 57 -0.37 60.3 +.18/-.00 102
STEEL TUBE 212 2.875 0.625 0.312 2.720 -0.018 2.875 +.008/-.000 6.000
POLYPROPYLENE
65 73.0 15.88 7.92 69 -0.45 73.0 +.20/-.00 152
3 3.500 0.625 0.312 3.344 -0.018 3.500 +.010/-.000 6.000
FIG. 7089 80 88.9 15.88 7.92 85 -0.45 88.9 +.25/-.00 152
GROOVE BY GROOVE 4 4.500 0.625 0.375 4.334 -0.020 4.500 +013/-.000 6.000
100 114.3 15.88 9.53 110 -0.50 114.3 +.33/-.00 152
5 5.563 0.625 0.375 5.395 -0.022 5.563 .010 6.000
E 125 141.3 15.88 9.53 137 -0.55 141.3 .25 152
6 6.625 0.625 0.375 6.455 -0.022 6.625 .015 6.000
150 168.3 15.88 9.53 164 -0.55 168.3 .38 152
Figure 7088 available in Nominal Pipe Sizes 2" through 4" only.
FIG. 7090 Figure 7089 available in Nominal Pipe Sizes 2" through 6" only.
THREAD BY THREAD Figure 7090 available in Nominal Pipe Sizes 34" through 2" only.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 123
Plain-End Fittings
FIG. 7005
ROUGHNECK COUPLING
FIGURE 7005 - ROUGHNECK COUPLING
Max. Specied
Nominal Max. End No. of Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts Approx.
Y Z O.D. Wk. Torque
Size Load Grippers X Y Z Qty. Size Min. Max. Wt. Ea.
Pressure
LbFt/ LbFt/
In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
X N-m N-m
2 2.375 750 3,323 8 334 638 312 2 5
8 x 314 150 190 6.6
GRUVLOK
E
O.D.
to
O.D.
C
O.D.
GRUVLOK
C to E
C to
O.D.
LE
O.D. LE
to
C to
SE
C
C to SE
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7068P - CROSS FIGURE 7069P - 45 LATERAL FIGURE 7071P - 90 TRUE WYE
Nominal Center Approx. Center Center Center Center
O.D. Nominal Approx. Nominal Approx.
Size To End Wt. Ea. O.D. to Long to Short O.D. to Long to Short
Size Wt. Ea. Size Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg End End End End
2 2.375 414 4.4 In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
50 60.3 108 2.0 2 2.375 714 234 5.1 2 2.375 414 234 3.5
212 2.875 434 7.8 50 60.3 184 70 2.3 50 60.3 108 70 1.6
65 73.0 121 3.5 212 2.875 734 3 9.5 212 2.875 434 3 6.2
3 3.500 518 10.7 65 73.0 197 76 4.3 65 73.0 121 76 2.8
80 88.9 130 4.9 3 3.500 834 314 12.8 3 3.500 518 314 8.5
312 4.000 512 13.7 80 88.9 222 83 5.8 80 88.9 130 83 3.9
90 101.6 140 6.2 312 4.000 10 312 20.0 312 4.000 512 312 10.0
4 4.500 578 17 90 101.6 254 89 9.1 90 101.6 140 89 4.5
100 114.3 149 7.7 4 4.500 1034 334 22.2 4 4.500 578 334 14.0
5 5.563 678 26.7 100 114.3 273 95 10.1 100 114.3 149 95 6.4
125 141.3 175 12.1 5 5.563 1234 4 38.0 5 5.563 678 4 21.6
6 6.625 758 37.7 125 141.3 324 102 17.2 125 141.3 175 102 9.8
150 168.3 194 17.1 6 6.625 14 412 54.0 6 6.625 758 412 31.2
8 8.625 10 74.6 150 168.3 356 114 24.5 150 168.3 194 114 14.2
200 219.1 254 33.8 8 8.625 18 6 92.0 8 8.625 10 6 53.6
200 219.1 457 152 41.7 200 219.1 254 152 24.3
126 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Plain-End Fittings
FIG. 7061P
REDUCING TEE
GRUVLOK
Nominal Center Approx. Nominal Center Approx. O.D.
Size To End Wt. Ea. Size To End Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg
3x3x2 512 7.1 8x8x4 10 46.0
80 x 80 x 50 140 3.2 200 x 200 x 100 254 20.9
4x4x2 578 11.3 8x8x5 10 48.0
100 x 100 x 50 149 5.1 200 x 200 x 125 2254 21.8
4 x 4 x 212 578 11.6 8x8x6 10 50.0
100 x 100 x 65 149 5.3 200 x 200 x 150 254 22.7
4x4x3 578 11.9 10 x 10 x 4 1112 74.0
100 x 100 x 80 149 5.4 250 x 250 x 100 292 33.6
6x6x2 758 24.6 10 x 10 x 6 1112 78.0
150 x 150 x 50 194 11.2 250 x 250 x 150 292 35.4
6x6x3 758 25.4 10 x 10 x 8 1112 86.0
150 x 150 x 80 194 11.5 250 x 250 x 200 292 39.0
6x6x4 758 26.2 12 x 12 x 6 1312 112.0
150 x 150 x 100 194 11.9 300 x 300 x 150 343 50.8
8x8x2 10 42.0 12 x 12 x 8 1312 118.0
200 x 200 x 50 254 19.1 300 x 300 x 200 343 53.5
8x8x3 10 44.0 12 x 12 x 10 1312 130.0
200 x 200 x 80 254 20.0 300 x 300 x 250 343 59.0 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.D. sizes
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 127
Plain-End Fittings
FIG. 7050LRP FIG. 7051LRP FIG. 7075P
90 LR ELBOW 45 LR ELBOW BULL PLUG
C to E
E to E
E
O.D. O.D.
to
C
O.D.
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7050 LRP - 90 LR ELBOW FIGURE 7051 LRP - 45 LR ELBOW FIGURE 7075P - BULL PLUG
Nominal Center Approx. Nominal Center Approx. Nominal Center Approx.
O.D. O.D. O.D.
Size To End Wt. Ea. Size To End Wt. Ea. Size To End Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
2 2.375 5 2.5 2 2.375 338 1.8 2 2.375 4 2.3
50 60.3 127 1.1 50 60.3 86 0.8 50 60.3 102 1.0
212 2.875 534 4.9 212 2.875 334 3.6 212 2.875 5 3.0
65 73.0 146 2.2 65 73.0 95 1.6 65 73.0 127 1.4
3 3.500 612 6.5 3 3.500 4 4.5 3 3.500 6 4.5
80 88.9 165 2.9 80 88.9 102 2.0 80 88.9 152 2.0
312 4.000 714 9.8 312 4.000 414 6.7 312 4.000 612 5.5
90 101.6 184 4.4 90 101.6 108 3.0 90 101.6 165 2.5
4 4.500 8 11.5 4 4.500 412 7.5 4 4.500 7 7.5
100 114.3 203 5.2 100 114.3 114 3.4 100 114.3 178 3.4
5 5.563 934 21.5 5 5.563 538 13.8 5 5.563 812 12.5
125 141.3 248 9.8 125 141.3 137 6.3 125 141.3 216 5.7
6 6.625 1114 28.5 6 6.625 6 17.3 6 6.625 10 17.0
150 168.3 286 12.9 150 168.3 152 7.8 150 168.3 254 7.7
8 8.625 15 56.7 8 8.625 8 34.0 8 8.625 11 29.0
200 219.1 381 25.7 200 219.1 203 15.4 200 219.1 279 13.2
128 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Plain-End Fittings
FIG. 7084P & FIG. 7085P FIG. 7080P, FIG. 7081P & FIG. 7082P
FLANGE NIPPLES E to E ADAPTER NIPPLES
(Plain-End x Class 150 or 300) E to E E to E E to E
GRUVLOK
300 FLANGE NIPPLES Plain x Grooved Plain x Thread Plain x Bevel
FIGURE 7084P - PLAIN-END X CLASS End Approx.
150 FLANGE NIPPLES To End Wt. Ea. FIGURE 7080P, 7081P, 7082P - ADAPTER NIPPLES
Approx. Approx.
Nominal Size O.D. End To End In./mm Lbs./Kg Nominal Size O.D. End To End
Wt. Ea. Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 4 8.2 In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
2 2.375 4 6.0 102 3.7 2 2.375 4 1.2
50 60.3 102 2.7 4 11.9 50 60.3 102 0.5
212 2.875 4 9.2 102 5.4 212 2.875 4 1.9
65 73.0 102 4.2 4 15.5 65 73.0 102 0.9
3 3.500 4 10.4 102 7.0 3 3.500 4 2.5
80 88.9 102 4.7 4 21.0 80 88.9 102 1.1
312 4.000 4 14.0 102 9.5 312 4.000 4 3.1
90 101.6 102 6.4 6 28.0 90 101.6 102 1.4
4 4.500 6 19.1 152 12.7 4 4.500 6 5.5
100 114.3 152 8.7 100 114.3 152 2.5
6 35.0
5 5.563 6 23.0 5 5.563 6 7.4
125 141.3 152 10.4 152 15.9 125 141.3 152 3.4
6 6.625 6 29.5 6 50.0 6 6.625 6 9.5
150 168.3 152 13.4 152 22.7 150 168.3 152 4.3
8 8.625 6 43.5 6 72.0 8 8.625 6 14.2
200 219.1 152 19.7 152 32.7 200 219.1 152 6.4
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 129
Plain-End Fittings
FIG. 7077P
SWAGED NIPPLES
E to E
FIGURE 7077P - SWAGED NIPPLES
Nominal End Center Approx. Nominal End Center Approx.
O.D. Size To End Wt. Ea. Size To End Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg
212 x 2 7 3.0 6x2 12 17.0
GRUVLOK
130 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
HDPE Couplings
FIG. 7305 FIG. 7307
HDPE COUPLING HDPE TRANSITION
Y Z Y Z
COUPLING
X
X
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7305 - HDPE COUPLING FIGURE 7307 - HDPE TRANSITION COUPLING
Nominal Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts Approx. Nominal Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts Approx.
O.D. O.D.
Size X Y Z Qty. Size Wt. Ea. Size X Y Z Qty. Size Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In. Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In. Lbs./Kg
2 2.375 338 512 458 4 1
2 x 238 4.5 2 2.375 338 6 318 4 1
2 x 238 4.5
50 60.3 86 140 117 - 2.0 50 60.3 86 152 79 - 2.0
3 3.500 458 634 458 4 12 x 3 8.5 3 3.500 412 718 318 4 12 x 3 6
80 88.9 117 171 117 - 3.9 80 88.9 114 181 79 - 2.7
4 4.500 514 8 534 4 12 x 3 12 4 4.500 534 812 334 4 12 x 3 8.5
100 114.3 133 203 146 - 5.4 100 114.3 146 216 95 - 3.9
6 6.625 712 11 578 4 58 x 312 18 6 6.625 8 1114 334 4 58 x 312 12.5
150 168.3 191 279 149 - 8.2 150 168.3 203 286 95 - 5.7
8 8.625 10 1314 6 4 5
8 x 312 30 8 8.625 1012 1358 414 4 5
8 x 312 20.5
200 219.1 254 337 152 - 13.6 200 219.1 267 346 108 - 9.3
10 10.750 12 1534 612 4 3
4 x 434 43 10 10.750 1258 17 5 4 7
8 x 512 34.5
250 273.1 305 400 165 - 19.5 250 273.1 321 432 127 - 15.6
12 12.750 1438 1778 714 4 34 x 434 58 12 12.750 1434 1912 5 4 78 x 512 42.5
300 323.9 365 454 184 - 26.3 300 323.9 375 495 127 - 19.3
See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 176-177. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 178-179.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 131
HDPE Couplings
FIG. 7312
HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER Y Z Mating Flange Gruvlok Fig.
Component 7312 Flange
Gruvlok Fig. Serrated Face
7312 Flange Mating Flange
X
Grooved
Pipe
Amax. B min. Rubber FlangeGasket
GRUVLOK
132 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Sock-It Method
FIG. 7100 FIG. 7103
90 ELBOW (SOCK-IT X SOCK-IT) STRAIGHT TEE (SOCK-IT X SOCK-IT X SOCK-IT)
Z Y
C to E
W Y
U
V
T
GRUVLOK
W
U
134 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Sock-It Method
FIG. 7105 FIGURE 7105 - SOCK-IT REDUCING OUTLET TEE (S X S X NPT)
REDUCING OUTLET TEE Max. Working Dimensions
Nominal Size **T U* V W Y Z Approx. Wt. Ea.
(SOCK-IT X SOCK-IT X NPT) Pressure
In./DN(mm) PSI/bar In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
Z 1 x 1 x 12 300 1 138 1716 1116 11116 414 2.0
25 x 25 x 15 20.7 25 35 37 17 43 108 0.9
1 x 1 x 34 300 78 138 1716 1116 11116 414 1.9
25 x 25 x 20 20.7 22 35 37 17 43 108 0.9
GRUVLOK
7
1x1x1 300 8 138 1716 1116 11116 414 1.9
25 x 25 x 25 20.7 22 35 37 17 43 108 0.9
U 1 4 x 114 x 12
1 300 1
1 8 138 158 114 11316 414 2.2
32 x 32 x 15 20.7 29 35 41 32 46 108 1.0
114 x 114 x 34 300 1 138 158 114 11316 414 2.2
Y 32 x 32 x 20 20.7 25 35 41 32 46 108 1.0
114 x 114 x 1 300 1 138 158 114 11316 414 2.0
V T 32 x 32 x 25 20.7 25 35 41 32 46 108 0.9
112 x 112 x 12 300 114 138 134 138 11516 438 2.7
W
40 x 40 x 15 20.7 32 35 44 35 49 111 1.2
112 x 112 x 34 300 118 138 134 138 11516 438 2.6
40 x 40 x 20 20.7 29 35 44 35 49 111 1.2
112 x 112 x 1 300 118 138 134 138 11516 438 2.5
Note: Anvil is the only 40 x 40 x 25 20.7 29 35 44 35 49 111 1.1
manufacturer to offer a 212" 2 x 2 x 12 250 112 138 11516 158 2316 434 3.5
Sock-It Fitting 50 x 50 x 15 17.2 38 35 49 41 56 121 1.6
2 x 2 x 34 250 138 138 11516 158 2316 434 3.4
* U - Run take-out dimension. 50 x 50 x 20 17.2 35 35 49 41 56 121 1.5
** T - Outlet take-out dimension. 2x2x1 250 138 138 11516 158 2316 434 3.3
See Installation & Assembly di- 50 x 50 x 25 17.2 35 35 49 41 56 121 1.5
rections on pages 182-183. 2 2 x 212 x 34
1 175 112 138 218 11516 2716 434 5.2
65 x 65 x 20 12.1 38 35 54 49 62 121 2.4
See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 212 x 212 x 1 175 112 138 218 11516 2716 434 5.2
for O.D. sizes 65 x 65 x 25 12.1 38 35 54 49 62 121 2.4
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 135
Sock-It Method
FIG. 7106
REDUCING TEE Z Y
(SOCK-IT X SOCK-IT X NPT)
V T
W
U
GRUVLOK
136 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Sock-It Method
FIG. 7107
COUPLING
(SOCK-IT X SOCK-IT) Z
Y
GRUVLOK
U
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 137
Stainless Steel
FIG. 7400SS
RIGIDLITE COUPLING
FIGURE 7400SS - RIGIDLITE STAINLESS STEEL COUPLING
Range of Coupling Dimensions
Nominal Max. Wk. Max. End Coupling Approx.
Y O.D. Pipe End
Z Size Pressure Load X Y Z Bolts* Size Wt. Ea.
Separation
In./mm In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg
114 1.66 275 595 0-18 278 418 134 3
8 x 214 1.6
32 42.4 19.0 2.65 0-3.2 73 105 44 M10 x 57 0.7
GRUVLOK
X
112 1.900 275 780 0-18 318 458 134 38 x 214 1.7
40 48.3 19.0 3.47 0-3.2 79 117 44 M10 x 57 0.8
2 2.375 275 1,218 0-18 358 538 134 38 x 214 2.1
50 60.3 19.0 5.42 0-3.2 92 137 45 M10 x 57 1.0
212 2.875 275 1,785 0-18 418 578 134 38 x 214 2.3
65 73.0 19.0 7.44 0-3.2 105 149 44 M10 x 57 1.0
3 3.500 275 2,646 0-18 458 658 134 1
2 x 234 3.1
80 88.9 19.0 11.77 0-3.2 117 168 44 M12 x 76 1.4
4 4.500 275 4,374 0-14 6 734 178 12 x 234 4.4
100 114.3 19.0 19.46 0-6.4 152 197 48 M12 x 76 2.0
6 6.625 275 9,480 0-14 818 1118 2 12 x 3 7.8
150 168.3 19.0 42.17 0-6.4 206 283 51 M12 x 76 3.5
8 8.625 275 16,067 0-14 1038 1358 238 1
2 x 3 13.2
200 219.1 19.0 71.47 0-6.4 264 346 60 M12 x 76 6.0
* All bolts are hex head design Type 316 Grade B8M Class CAUTION: Contact your local Gruvlok representative for
2 stainless steel to ASTM A193, with Type 316 Grade 8M corrosive application environments.
stainless steel heavy hex nuts conforming to ASTM A194.
No Coatings or zinc options.
Ratings apply when used with Schedule 40 ASTM A312
Type 304 stainless steel pipe for all sizes. Refer to ratings
chart for additional data.
138 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Stainless Steel
SERIES 7500 SS
GROOVED-END BALL VALVE
B C
F
D E
GRUVLOK
Valve
A Pipe O.D.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 139
Stainless Steel
SERIES 7500 SS
GROOVED-END BALL VALVE
B C G
GRUVLOK
E
D H
Valve F
Pipe O.D.
A
140 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Stainless Steel
FIG. 7050SS FIG. 7051SS FIG. 7060SS FIG. 7074SS
90 STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW 45 STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW STAINLESS STEEL TEES STAINLESS STEEL CAPS
O.D. O.D. O.D.
C to E O.D.
C to E
C to E E to E
C to E
FIG. 7050SS FIG. 7051SS FIG. 7060SS FIG. 7074SS
GRUVLOK
90 STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW 45 STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW STAINLESS STEEL TEE STAINLESS STEEL CAPS
Nominal Center to Approx. Nominal Center to Approx. Nominal Center to Approx. Nominal End to End Approx.
Size End Wt. Ea. Size End Wt. Ea. Size End Wt. Ea. Size Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg
114 378 1.2 114 212 0.7 114 234 1.5 114 158 0.4
32 98 0.5 32 64 0.3 32 70 0.7 32 41 0.2
112 414 1.4 112 212 0.9 112 234 1.8 112 158 0.5
40 108 0.6 40 64 0.4 40 70 0.8 40 41 0.2
2 438 2.3 2 212 1.5 2 314 2.4 2 158 0.8
50 111 1.0 50 64 0.7 50 83 1.1 50 41 0.4
212 534 3.3 212 3 1.9 212 334 4.0 212 134 1.1
65 146 1.5 65 76 0.9 65 95 1.8 65 45 0.5
3 578 4.6 3 338 3.3 3 414 5.8 3 134 1.6
80 149 2.1 80 86 1.5 80 108 2.6 80 45 0.7
4 712 7.9 4 4 5.4 4 5 10.3 4 134 2.8
100 191 3.6 100 102 2.4 100 127 4.7 100 45 1.3
6 1034 17.0 6 512 11.2 6 612 25.7 6 178 7.1
150 273 7.7 150 140 5.1 150 165 11.7 150 48 3.2
8 15 29.4 8 714 19.8 8 734 41.1 8 214 14.9
200 381 13.4 200 184 9.0 200 197 18.6 200 57 6.8
NOTE: Fabricated ttings weights are NOTE: Fabricated ttings weights are NOTE: Fabricated ttings weights are NOTE: Pressure and load ratings equal
based on Schedule 10 pipe. based on Schedule 10 pipe. based on Schedule 10 pipe. to or greater than Schedule 10S as
listed above. Caps are all cast ttings.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 141
Stainless Steel
FIG. 7061SS
STAINLESS STEEL REDUCING TEES
O.D.
C to E
C to E
142 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Stainless Steel
FIG. 7072SS FIG. 7073SS
STAINLESS STEEL E to E STAINLESS STEEL E to E
CONCENTRIC REDUCERS ECCENTRIC REDUCERS
O.D. O.D.
FIGURE 7072SS - STAINLESS STEEL CONCENTRIC REDUCERS FIGURE 7073SS - STAINLESS STEEL ECCENTRIC REDUCERS
GRUVLOK
Nominal Approx. Nominal Approx. Nominal Approx. Nominal Approx.
Size
End to End
Wt. Ea. End to End End to End End to End
Size Wt. Ea. Size Wt. Ea. Size Wt. Ea.
In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg
112 x 1 318 0.7 3 x 114 338 1.8 112 x 1 812 1.7 3 x 114 912 4.3
40 x 25 79 0.3 80 x 32 86 0.8 40 x 25 216 0.8 80 x 32 241 2.0
112 x 114 318 0.7 3 x 112 314 1.9 112 x 114 812 4.5 3 x 112 912 4.5
40 x 32 79 0.3 80 x 40 83 0.9 40 x 32 216 2.0 80 x 40 241 2.0
2x1 318 0.9 4x2 334 2.9 2x1 9 2.2 4x2 10 6.7
50 x 25 79 0.4 100 x 50 95 1.3 50 x 25 229 1.0 100 x 50 254 3.0
2 x 114 318 0.9 4 x 212 358 3.1 2 x 114 9 2.4 4 x 212 10 7.3
50 x 32 79 0.4 100 x 65 92 1.4 50 x 32 229 1.1 100 x 65 254 3.3
2 x 112 278 1.2 4x3 312 3.1 2 x 112 9 2.5 4x3 10 7.9
50 x 40 73 0.5 100 x 80 89 1.4 50 x 40 229 1.1 100 x 80 254 3.6
212 x 1 278 1.1 6 x 212 434 7.1 212 x 1 912 3.2 6 x 212 1112 12.8
65 x 25 73 0.5 150 x 65 121 3.2 65 x 25 241 1.5 150 x 65 292 5.8
212 x 112 234 1.2 6x3 458 7.0 212 x 112 912 3.6 6x3 1112 13.6
65 x 40 70 0.5 150 x 80 117 3.2 65 x 40 241 1.6 150 x 80 292 6.2
212 x 2 278 1.2 6x4 412 7.0 212 x 2 912 4.0 6x4 1112 14.9
65 x 50 73 0.5 150 x 100 114 3.2 65 x 50 241 1.8 150 x 100 292 6.8
3x1 338 1.8 8x4 518 11.7 3x1 912 4.0 8x4 12 19.7
80 x 25 86 0.8 200 x 100 130 5.3 80 x 25 241 1.8 200 x 100 305 8.9
NOTE: Fabricated ttings weights are 8x6 5 11.5 NOTE: Fabricated ttings weights are 8x6 12 23.2
based on Schedule 10 pipe. Additional 200 x 150 127 5.2 based on Schedule 10 pipe. Additional 200 x 150 305 10.5
sizes available. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. sizes available. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 143
Roll Groovers
MODEL 1007 & 3007
ROLL GROOVERS
MODEL 1007 & MODEL 3007 - GROOVER CAPABILITY
Pipe Material Pipe Size/Wall Thickness (Schedule In/DN mm)
2 212 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16
50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400
Steel Schedule 40 Std. Std.
Stainless Steel Schedule 40S n/a n/a
GRUVLOK
MODEL 1007 & MODEL 3007 - STEEL PIPE GROOVING TIMES (MIN: SEC.)
Pipe Size (In./DN mm) Sch. 40 (Std. Wall) Steel Pipe
2 212 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16
50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400
Model 3007
0:20 0:20 0:25 0:30 1:00 1:20 1:35 1:50 2:20 2:40 3:00
Gruvlok roll grooving technology is This chart shows approximate grooving times with the groover setup for the proper size and groove diameter and the pipe
protected by U.S. Patents 5450738, properly positioned on the groover. The times shown are average times from the start of rotation of the pipe in the grooving
5570603, 5778715 & others pending. rolls to completed groove.
144 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
Roll Groovers
MODEL 3006 & 3006C
ROLL GROOVERS MODEL 3006 & MODEL 3006C - GROOVER CAPABILITY
Pipe Material Pipe Size/Wall Thickness (Schedule)
2 212 3 4 5 6 8 10 12
50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300
Steel Schedule 40 .188" .219"
Stainless Steel Schedule 40S n/a n/a n/a
GRUVLOK
Copper K, L, M & DWV n/a n/a n/a
NOTES:
(1) All wall thickness shown are the maximum wall thickness Note: The universal diameter gauge is part of the copper
for the indicated pipe material. option or is available as a stand alone option
(2) Minimum wall thickness for each pipe materials & size is: (3) Please contact a Gruvlok Representative for more infor-
Steel: All sizes Sch. 10 mation on grooving alternate materials & wall thickness.
Stainless Steel: All sizes Sch. 40S
Copper: 2", 212" Type M
3" - 6" Type DWV
MODEL 3006 & MODEL 3006C - STEEL PIPE GROOVING TIMES (MIN: SEC.)
Pipe Size (Inches)/Max Steel Pipe Wall Thickness
2 212 3 4 6 8 10 12
50 65 80 100 150 200 250 300
0:20 0:20 0:25 0:30 1:20 1:55 0:40 1:20
Gruvlok roll grooving technology is GROOVING TIMES: This chart shows approximate grooving times with the groover set-up for the proper size and groove
protected by U.S. Patents 5450738, diameter and the pipe properly positioned on the groover. The times shown are average times from the start of rotation of the
5570603, 5778715 & others pending. pipe in the grooving rolls to completed groove.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 145
Fitting Size O.D. Chart & Flow Data Frictional Resistance
FITTING SIZE O.D. & FLOW DATA
FRICTIONAL RESISTANCE (EXPRESSED AS EQUIVALENT STRAIGHT PIPE)
Nominal Pipe Wall Elbow Tee Nominal Pipe Wall Elbow Tee
O.D. O.D.
Size Thickness 90 45 Branch Run Size Thickness 90 45 Branch Run
In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Ft./m Ft./m Ft./m Ft./m In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Ft./m Ft./m Ft./m Ft./m
1 1.315 0.133 1.7 0.9 4.4 1.7 612 O.D. 6.500 0.280 10.0 5.0 24.9 10.0
25 33.4 3.4 0.5 0.3 1.3 0.5 165.1 165.1 7.1 3.0 1.5 7.6 3.0
GRUVLOK
114 1.660 0.14 2.3 1.2 5.8 2.3 6 6.625 0.280 10.1 5.1 25.3 10.1
32 42.2 3.6 0.7 0.4 1.8 0.7 150 168.3 7.1 3.1 1.6 7.7 3.1
112 1.900 0.145 2.7 1.3 6.7 2.7 8 8.625 0.322 13.3 6.7 33.3 13.3
40 48.3 3.7 0.8 0.4 2.0 0.8 200 219.1 8.2 4.1 2.0 10.1 4.1
2 2.375 0.154 3.4 1.7 8.6 3.4 10 10.750 0.365 16.7 8.4 41.8 16.7
50 60.3 3.9 1.0 0.5 2.6 1.0 250 273.1 9.3 5.1 2.6 12.7 5.1
212 2.875 0.203 4.1 2.1 10.3 4.1 12 12.750 0.375 20.0 10.0 50.0 20.0
65 73.0 5.2 1.2 0.6 3.1 1.2 300 323.9 9.5 6.1 3.0 15.2 6.1
3 O.D. 2.996 0.197 4.3 2.2 10.8 4.3 14 14.000 0.375 22.2 17.7 64.2 22.9
76.1 76.1 5.0 1.3 0.7 3.3 1.3 350 355.6 9.5 6.8 5.4 19.6 7.0
3 3.500 0.216 5.1 2.6 12.8 5.1 16 16.000 0.375 25.5 20.4 73.9 26.4
80 88.9 5.5 1.6 0.8 3.9 1.6 400 406.4 9.5 7.8 6.2 22.5 8.0
414 O.D. 4.250 0.220 6.4 3.2 16.1 6.4 18 18.000 0.375 28.9 23.1 87.2 31.1
108.0 108.0 5.6 2.0 1.0 4.9 2.0 450 457.2 9.5 8.8 7.0 26.6 9.5
4 4.500 0.237 6.7 3.4 16.8 6.7 20 20.000 0.375 32.2 25.7 97.3 34.8
100 114.3 6.0 2.0 1.0 5.1 2.0 500 508.0 9.5 9.8 7.8 29.7 10.6
1
5 4 O.D. 5.236 0.248 8.0 4.0 20.1 8.0 24 24.000 0.375 38.9 31.1 113.0 40.4
133.0 133.0 6.3 2.4 1.2 6.1 2.4 600 609.6 9.5 11.9 9.5 34.4 12.3
512 O.D. 5.500 0.248 8.3 4.2 20.9 8.3
139.7 139.7 6.3 2.5 1.3 6.4 2.5 For the reducing tee and branches, use the value that is corresponding to the
5 5.563 0.258 8.4 4.2 21.0 8.4 branch size. For example: for 6" x 6" x 3" tee, the branch value of 3" is 12.8 ft (3.9).
125 141.3 6.6 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 The Fitting Size Chart is used to determine the O.D. of the pipe that the ttings is to
614 O.D. 6.259 0.280 9.7 4.9 24.3 9.7 be used with. Gruvlok Fittings are identied by either the Nominal size in inches or
159.0 159.0 7.1 3.0 1.5 7.4 3.0 the Pipe O.D. in/mm.
146 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. www.anvilintl.com
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INSTALLATION AND ASSEMBLY TABLE OF CONTENTS
FIG. 7001 Standard Coupling .................................... 148-149
Step 1 Step 3
NOTE: The housings for sizes 16" and larger are cast in four or more segments.
TO INSTALL: loosely pre-assemble the segments into two Housing Halves making sure that the alignment tang(s) and slot(s) on the bolt
pad(s) are properly mated. Install the Housing Halves as shown in steps 4 & 5. The coupling is properly installed when all bolt pads are
firmly together - Metal-to-Metal.
148 www.anvilintl.com
FIG. 7001
STANDARD COUPLING
150 www.anvilintl.com
FIG. 7011, CONT'D.
STANDARD COUPLING
NOTE: VdS - Roll Grooving Approval NOTE: Sizes 14" and larger are cast in multiple segments. To install the larger sizes align
Specifications, see the Technical Data/ the tongue and pocket of the couplings appropriately and tighten the nuts alternately to the
Install Instructions section on Anvil's web specified bolt torque. When properly assembled there will be a small equal gap between
site - www.anvilintl.com the adjacent bolt pads.
152 www.anvilintl.com
FIG. 7401, CONT'D.
RIGIDLOK COUPLING
154 www.anvilintl.com
FIG. 7000, CONT'D.
STANDARD COUPLING
CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to
the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabili-
ties, lower bend load capabilities, joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and
serious injury. See page 200 for bolt torque information.
156 www.anvilintl.com
FIG. 7400, CONT'D.
RIGIDLITE COUPLING
6 Assembly is completed
158 www.anvilintl.com
FIG. 7003, CONT'D.
HINGELOK COUPLING
CAUTION:
1) Hammering or banging on the handle or coupling housing could cause serious damage to the locking device and coupling assembly.
The result may be an unsuitable pipe joint and unusable coupling assembly.
2) Care needs to be taken so that fingers do not get caught or pinched when handle is placed in locked position as a result of cam action of
handle assembly.
3) When re-using coupling and gasket, always inspect gasket for damage and hinge/handle assembly for loosenenss, distortion or any other damage.
160 www.anvilintl.com
FIG. 7010, CONT'D.
REDUCING COUPLING
Gasket
Center Rib
Proper
Position of
The Gasket
Sealing Lips
162 www.anvilintl.com
FIG. 7012, CONT'D.
GRUVLOK FLANGE (2"12")
Latch Bolt
The Gruvlok Flange gasket must be inserted so that the sealing lips face toward the pipe end and the mating ange. The lip
of the gasket, sealing on the pipe, should not extend beyond the pipe end. The pipe should extend out beyond the end of
the sealing lip by approximately 1/8" on the 2"-6" sizes and 3/16" on the 8"-12" sizes.
It is important to line up the bolt holes before bringing the two anges
together. Sliding the anges into place will dislodge the gasket and
cause leakage to occur. When using a ange insert, it is important that
the insert is properly aligned with the gasket prior to tightening the bolts.
164 www.anvilintl.com
FIG. 7012, CONT'D.
GRUVLOK FLANGE (2"12")
hand tight. Continue this procedure until all NOTE: The Gruvlok Fig. 7012 Flange requires
bolt holes have been tted. Tighten the nuts the use of an Flange Adapter Insert when used
against rubber surfaces (Figure C1), serrated
alternately and evenly so the ange faces
flange surfaces or mating flanges with inserts Do not use a steel Flange Adapter Insert in
remain parallel. All the bolts or studs must be (Figure C2). The Flange Adapter Insert will be
torqued to the mating ange bolts specied copper systems or in systems where galvanic
exposed to the fluids in the system. Ensure that corrosion is possible.
torque. The ange faces should have metal-to- the Insert is compatible with the fluids in the
metal contact. systems and with adjacent piping components.
CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is CAUTION: Proper torquing of flange bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Over
not recommended because the torque torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint
output can vary significantly due to many separation. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities, lower
variables including air pressure supply, bend load capabilities, joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Pipe joint separation may result in
battery strength and operational variations. significant property damage and serious injury. See page 200 for bolt torque information.
1Check
gasket
& lubricate
Check gasket to
be sure it is compatible for the
2Gasket Installation 3Alignment
Slip the gasket over one pipe
end making sure the pipe abuts
Align the
pipe ends and pull the pipe
into the gasket until the center ribs
4Housing Assembly
one nut and bolt removed and
the other loosened, place one side
With
intended service. Apply a thin the gaskets center ribs. are in contact with the pipe ends. of the housing over the gasket. Make
coating of Gruvlok lubricant to The gasket should not extend into sure the ribs on the outside of the
outside and sealing lips of the the groove on either pipe. Rotate gasket align with the recesses in the
gasket. Be careful that foreign the gasket to align the outlet of the housing and the keys in the housing
particles do not adhere to lubri- gasket to the same direction as the are in the grooves on both pipes.
cated surfaces. branch outlet. Swing the other housing over the gas-
ket and into the grooves on both sides
of the pipe. Make sure the recess in
the outlet of the housing is properly
aligned with gasket outlet.
168 www.anvilintl.com
FIGURE 7042, CONT'D
OUTLET COUPLING
PIPE PREPARATION
Branch
Size
Hole Saw
Size
2Check & lubricate
gasket Check the gasket 3Gasket Installation 4Alignment
Lubricate the exposed
surface of the gasket. Align the
Align the
strap around the pipe, insert
the bolts and tighten the nuts
to be sure it is compatible for the
(Inches) (Inches) (+1/8, -0)
intended service. Apply a thin outlet housing over the pipe hole nger tight. Some sizes use a U-
1
2, 34, 1 112 layer of Gruvlok lubricant to the making sure that the locating col- bolt design.
1 1 back surface of the gasket. Be lar is in the pipe hole.
1 4, 1 2 2
careful that foreign particles do
2 212
not adhere to the lubricated sur-
212 234 faces. Insert the gasket back into
3 312 the outlet housing making sure
the tabs in the gasket line up with
4 412
the tab recesses in the housing.
170 www.anvilintl.com
FIGURE 7045 & 7046, CONT'D.
CLAMP-T BRANCH OUTLETS
172 www.anvilintl.com
FIGURE 7044, CONT'D.
BRANCH OUTLET
4 Housing Assembly
Attach the U-bolt from the
other side and fasten the nuts
5 Tighten Nuts Making
sure the tting is properly lo-
cated over the pipe hole, tighten
6 Assembly is Complete
Visually inspect the as-
sembly, the gasket will extrude
nger tight. the nuts alternately and evenly to out from under the housing.
the specifed torque of 27 to 33
Lbs.-Ft. (37 to 45 N-M). CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to
obtain specified performance. Over torquing the bolts may result
in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe
joint separation. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower
CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because pressure retention capabilities, lower bend load capabilities,
the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Pipe joint separation may
including air pressure supply, battery strength and operational result in significant property damage and serious injury. See page
variations. 200 for bolt torque information.
176 www.anvilintl.com
FIGURE 7305, CONT'D
HDPE COUPLING
SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE
4 5
CAUTION: Proper torquing of cou-
Place the Figure 7305 housing casting Insert the bolts and secure the nuts
pling bolts is required to obtain
over the gasket, making sure the tongue alternately and uniformly until the bolt
specified performance. Over torqu-
on one casting is aligned with the recess of pads are in contact. Torque all bolts to the
ing the bolts may result in damage
the other casting. required bolt torque levels. Refer to the
to the bolt and/or casting which
Specied Bolt Torque Table. There is no gap
could result in pipe joint separation.
between the bolt pads and the bolt torque
Under torquing the bolts may result
should be within the range given when the
in lower pressure retention capabili-
coupling is properly assembled. Alternate and
ties, lower bend load capabilities,
CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is even tightening of the bolts will signicantly
joint leakage and pipe joint separa-
not recommended because the torque reduce the torque needed to close the gap at
tion. Pipe joint separation may result
output can vary significantly due to the pipe joint.
many variables including air pressure in significant property damage and
supply, battery strength and operational serious injury. See page 200 for bolt
variations. torque information.
1 2
Make certain the HDPE pipe end is Check to assure the gasket material is the pipe end. Align the second pipe and
square cut to 18" maximum for the 2" to acceptable for the intended service. The while holding it in the butted position, slide
4" and 532" maximum for the 6" and larger Gasket color code is green for EPDM and the gasket back over the second pipe end.
sizes. The steel pipe must be grooved in orange for Nitrile (Buna-N). The gasket must be positioned on the gasket
accordance with Gruvlok Grooving Speci- seat surface of the grooved steel pipe. Make
CAUTION: Use only Gruvlok Xtreme Lu- sure the gasket does not overhang into the
cations for Steel Pipe. The pipe ends must bricant. Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant contains
be free of scratches, indentations, projections pipe groove.
silicone. If silicone is unacceptable for the
or other imperfections, which could prevent application contact Gruvlok for the lubrica-
proper sealing of the gasket. tion recommendation. Apply a thin coating of
Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant to the gasket lips
and outside surface of the gasket. The gasket temperature rating may exceed
the manufacturers temperature rating for
the HDPE pipe. Consult the HDPE pipe
manufacturer for the temperature and
pressure ratings.
178 www.anvilintl.com
FIGURE 7307, CONT'D
HDPE TRANSITION COUPLING
180 www.anvilintl.com
FIGURE 7312, CONT'D
HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER
182 www.anvilintl.com
GRUVLOK SOCK-IT FITTING, CONT'D
184 www.anvilintl.com
FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T, CONT'D
110th of a turn of the arrowhead symbol when
CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 6). Each complete 360 revolution of the
handwheel is visible through a display the valve is closed hand tight.
10 The valve operates from fully open to may open as much as 5.3
dial and the turns, due to the depth of
closed by a clockwise rotation of the SCALE
micrometer scale the stem threads. This is
orange handwheel using ve 360 turns. Two indicate a valve DIAL
not a problem with the
indicators describe the position of the valve: the position reading valve; however, the
handwheel turns dial and the micrometer scale. of 0. performance curves for
these GBVs are calibrated
Handwheel Turns Dial: only to 5.0 turns.
11
This dial is printed on the outer surface of The valve is considered zeroed when
a gearing mechanism located inside the fully closed hand tight. The 0 on the
lower half of the handle assembly (Fig. micrometer scale should be within one half of
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 185
FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T, CONT'D
CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES the valve, or it may become damaged. If for any
reason, the handle is damaged, replace the entire
CAUTION: When inserting probe, do not handle / stem assembly with the appropriate re-
INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY
CAUTION: Hot water leakage can occur from bend, as this will cause permanent damage placement part indicated in the table below.
metering ports (P.M.P.s) during probe insertion
to the probe, adversely affecting the pressure
and hookup of metering device. Wear protective Table 1
measurement. Do not use any lubrication on the
eyewear and clothing to prevent personal injury
probes when inserting them. If necessary, simply
when measuring pressure. PART NUMBER SIZE
wet the probes with clean water. 12"
871158-010
The probe should not be left inserted into the 34"
871158-011
tting for prolonged periods of time, overnight,
Low Pressure etc., as leakage of the P.M.P. may occur when the 871158-012 1"
Port (blue)
probe is removed. 871158-013 114"
High Pressure The locking nut on the probe is designed to 871158-014 112"
Port (orange) hold it in the P.M.P. when taking readings. As 871158-015 2"
sealing is accomplished internally on the probe
12 Connect pressure measuring device to stem, it is only necessary to tighten the locking
nut FINGER-TIGHT. Over-tightening may cause MEMORY SETTING:
the GBV metering ports as follows:
Remove protective cap from metering
ports (14" NPT connection).
damage to the P.M.P. or locking nut threads.
15 After valve has been properly adjusted
and without moving the handwheel, the
Insert the meter probe into the
metering ports. The hose with orange 13 Before taking a measurement reading, set
the valve to its fully open position (5.0)
or at a preset position. Read the pressure drop
locking memory stop should be set. The memory
stop will allow the valve to be fully closed for
isolation and then reopened to the preset ow
tting, up stream; the hose with blue
across the venturi with a digital meter. Determine position.
tting downstream.
16
ow rate by use of venturi Cv performance Insert a 2.5 mm (or 332") Allen key
curves on page 4 or the Anvil Balancing Slide through the hole provided in the valves
Rule. handle cap. (Fig. 6)
HANDWHEEL
TURN
INDICATOR STEM
Fig. 6
188 www.anvilintl.com
FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T, CONT'D
CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES
1. Valve is leaking:
At the bonnet / body joint Bonnet O Ring has been damaged. Remove the handle / stem assembly and replace with
the appropriate replacement part indicated in Table 1.
At the pipe connection If solder joint - the joint has failed, or was not soldered Re-solder the connection and recheck for leakage.
properly.
If threaded - the connection is not sufciently tight, or Tighten and recheck for leakage.
the valve was over-tightened during installation and the Remove and reinstall a new valve, being careful not
valve body has cracked (fractured). to over-tighten.
2. Valve does not shut off completely when The seat O ring has been deformed due to overheating Remove the handle / stem assembly and replace with
closed (hand tight). during soldering. the appropriate replacement part indicated in Table 1.
190 www.anvilintl.com
FIGURE AF21-GG, AF21-GF & AF21-FF, CONT'D
ANVILFLEX FLEX CONNECTORS
13
IMPROPER
INSTALLATION
COMPRESSED
63 8 7
38 516
3
75 10 5
3 5
4 8 16
100 10 5
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 193
WELD-MISER TEE-LETS, CONT'D
SHIELDING GAS FLOW (FOR ALL SIZE S) 20-25 CFH Merit assumes no liability for
1.) Co2 - Deeper penetration, faster welding, low cost. any consequential damages
2.) 25% - Argon, 75% - Co2, Recommended for .134 wall and lighter, high welding resulting from the improper
speeds without meltthrough, minimum distortion and spatter, good penetration. use of its Tee-Let Welding
Outlet Fittings, nor for any
recommendations made
with respect to installation
procedures.
INSTALLATION this card for correct make-up lengths. Allow twenty-four hours
A) For use in wet and dry pipe automatic sprinkler systems installed for setting.
in accordance with all applicable standards or codes. (See item 4) E) Connect the Adjustable Drop Nipple assembly to the sprinkler
B) Before starting the job of making sprinklers into steel threads of the system by wrenching on the make-up area on the Drop Nipple
above ttings, count the number of fully developed male threads DO NOT WRENCH ON THE BARREL PORTION OF THE UNIT
on the brand of sprinkler to be installed into the ttings. If seven (7) OR SPRINKLER. Damage to the Adjustable Drop Nipple or
perfect threads are counted, the sprinkler should thread into the 12" Sprinkler may result.
or 34" thread from three (3) to four (4) threads hand tight. If ve (5) F) After the ceiling has been installed adjust the sprinkler to its
to six (6) threads are counted, the sprinkler should thread into the nal position by using the sprinkler wrench and assemble the
12" or 34" thread from two (2) to three (3) threads hand tight.
escutcheon plate to the inner support ring. It is recommended that
C) Use an anaerobic pipe thread sealant for thread make-up. Apply the system pressure be relieved when adjusting, however it is not
pipe thread sealant only to male threads on the nipple and necessary to drain the system.
sprinkler only.
D) If either of the above fails to allow the sprinkler to make-up to a 1) GENERAL DESCRIPTION
minimum of from ve (5) to six (6) full threads, do not overtighten Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples Models M and F are
the sprinkler. Instead back the sprinkler out of the tting. Clean the screw type consisting of an outer case which has one (1) inch
any debris and/or pipe sealant from both the male and female N.P.T. or ISO-7 male or female thread on the inlet, and an inner case
threads. Gauge both the male threads of the sprinkler and the which has either a one-half inch (12") or a three-quarter inch (34")
female threads of the Adjustable Drop Nipple for compliance N.P.T. sprinkler connection. The inner case employs 0-Ring Seals and
with ANSI B1.2.1. Specication for Tapered Pipe Threads. The adjusts either in or out over the range of the adjustment.
same procedure would apply if a leak has been detected. Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples are designed for use in
If within tolerance, reapply the anaerobic pipe sealant and make- automatic re sprinkler systems installed in accordance with all
on to the required length. Refer to the pipe chart on the back of applicable standards or codes. (See item 4).
196 www.anvilintl.com
ELIMINATOR ADJUSTABLE DROP NIPPLES, CONT'D
BARREL
DO NOT WRENCH MAKE UP AREA
MAX. ADJUSTMENT MAX. ADJUSTMENT
MIN./MAX. LENGTH MIN./MAX. LENGTH
+- 14" +- 14"
Model M Model F
Specied bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on METRIC SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE
ANSI SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE
INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY
Gruvlok couplings and anges. The nuts must be tightened
Bolt Wrench Specified Bolt Wrench Specified
alternately and evenly until fully tightened. Size Size Bolt Torque * Size Size Bolt Torque *
In. In. Ft.-Lbs mm mm N-M
NOTE: Specied torques are to be used unless otherwise noted 3
8 1116
30-45 M10 16 40-60
on Product Installation Instructions. 1
2 7
8 80-100 M12 22 110-150
58 1116 100-130 M16 24 135-175
3
4 114 130-180 M20 30 175-245
7
8 1716 180-220 M22 34 245-300
1 158 200-250 M24 36 270-340
118 11316 225-275 * Non-lubricated bolt torques
114 2 250-300
CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not * Non-lubricated bolt torques
recommended because the torque output can vary
significantly due to many variables including air
pressure supply, battery strength and operational
variations.
CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Over torquing the bolts
may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Under torquing the
bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities, lower bend load capabilities, joint leakage and pipe
joint separation. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury.
200 www.anvilintl.com
TECHNICAL INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS
List Of Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-204 Pipe & Water Weight/Foot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Decimal Equivalents Of Fractions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205 Boiling Points Of Water At Various Pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224
Decimal Degree Equivalents Of Minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205 Weight/Foot - Seamless Brass & Copper Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224
Commercial Pipe Sizes & Wall Thicknesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206-207 Water Pressure To Feet Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Standard Pipe Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208 Feet Head To Water Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Barlows Formula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208 Flow Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226-227
Weld Fitting 90 Elbow, 180 Return, 45 Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209 Heat Losses From Horizontal Bare Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
Weld Fitting Tee, Cap, Cross, Stub End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210 Total Thermal Expansion of Piping Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
Weld Fitting Reducers & Reducing Outlet Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Colors And Approximate Temperature For Carbon Steel . . . . . . . . . . .228
Weld Fitting Welding Neck Flanges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Weights of Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
Slip-on, Threaded and Socket Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Specic Gravity Of Gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
Standard Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Specic Gravity Of Liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
Lap Joint Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Typical BTU Values Of Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
Extra Heavy Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Melting Points of Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
Blind Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Useful Denitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231-232
Bolting Dimensions for 150 to 300 Lb. Steel Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Unit Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
Bolting Dimensions for 400 Lb./600Lb. Steel Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Geometry Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
ASTM Carbon Steel Pipe & Flange Specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218-219 Sprinkler System Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
How to Cut Odd-Angle Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220 Standard Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236
Alignment of Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221-222 Hardness Conversion Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237
Drill Sizes For NPT Pipe Taps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223 Coated Arc Welding Electrodes - Types & Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
Tap & Drill Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223 Physical Properties of E60 & E70 Series Electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
Trouble Shooting Arc Welding Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239-241 Thermal Expansion of Pipe Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286-287
Basic Arc & Gas Welding Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242-243 Beam Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288-290
Symbols For Pipe Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244-248 Maximum Recommended Applied Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290
Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249-251 Steel Pipe Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291
Gruvlok Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253-254 Copper Tube Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292
Design Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255 Other Pipe Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293
Gruvlok Flow Control Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256-257 PVC Pipe Support Spacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294-295
Gruvlok Gasket Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258-259 CPVC Pipe Support Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296
Vacume Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259 Anvil Design Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297-298
Gasket Grade Index & Gasket Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260-261 Alphabetical Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299-301
Coupling Chart Data Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262 Figure Number Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302-304
MovementApplications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263-266
Coupling Flexibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267-270
Pipe Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271-273
Pipe Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274-280
A Typical Pipe Hanger Specication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281-285
202 www.anvilintl.com
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Abbreviations conform to the practice of the American Standard cfs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic feet per second
Abbreviations for Scientic and Engineering Terms, ASA Z10.1
ABBREVIATIONS
CI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cast Iron
CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cast Steel
abs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Absolute Comp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Companion
AGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Gas Association C to F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Center to Face
AISI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Iron and Steel Institute C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Degrees Centigrade
Amer Std . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .American Standard F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Degrees Fahrenheit
API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Petroleum Institute diam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diameter
ASA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Standards Association dwg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawing
Ashve . . . . . . . .American Society of Heating and Ventilation Engineers ex-hy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extra-heavy
ASME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Society of Mechanical Engineers F & D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Faced and Drilled
ASTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Society for Testing Materials F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fahrenheit
AWWA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .American Water Works Association F to F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Face to Face
B & S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bell and Spigot or Brown & Sharpe (gauge) g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange or Flanges
bbl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Barrel gd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Flanged
Btu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . British thermal unit(s) g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gage or Gauge
C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Centigrade hex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hexagonal
cfm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cubic feet per minute hg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mercury
204 www.anvilintl.com
DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS OF FRACTIONS DECIMAL DEGREE EQUIVALENTS OF MINUTES
Min Degree Min Degree Min Degree
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
1 64 ............. 0.015625 23 64 ........... 0.359375 45 64 ........... 0.703125
206 www.anvilintl.com
COMMERCIAL PIPE SIZES AND WALL THICKNESSES
Nom. NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS FOR
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Pipe Outside Sch Sch Sch Sch Sch Sch Sch Sch Sch Sch Sch Sch Sch Sch. Sch. X XX
Size Dia. (IN) 5S 10 10S 20 30 Std. 40 40S 60 80 80S 100 120 140 160 Strong Strong
6 6.625 0.109 0.134 0.134 - - 0.280 0.280 0.280 - 0.432 0.432 - 0.562 - 0.719 0.432 0.864
8 8.625 0.109 0.148 0.148 0.250 0.277 0.322 0.322 0.322 0.406 0.500 0.500 0.594 0.719 0.812 0.906 0.500 0.875
10 10.750 0.134 0.165 0.165 0.250 0.307 0.365 0.365 0.365 0.500 0.594 0.500 0.719 0.844 1.000 1.125 0.500 1.000
12 12.750 0.156 0.180 0.180 0.250 0.330 0.375 0.406 0.375 0.562 0.688 0.500 0.844 1.000 1.125 1.312 0.500 1.000
14 14.000 0.156 0.250 0.188 0.312 0.375 0.375 0.438 - 0.594 0.750 - 0.938 1.094 1.250 1.406 0.500 -
16 16.000 0.165 0.250 0.188 0.312 0.375 0.375 0.500 - 0.656 0.844 - 1.031 1.219 1.438 1.594 0.500 -
18 18.000 0.165 0.250 0.188 0.312 0.438 0.375 0.562 - 0.750 0.938 - 1.156 1.375 1.562 1.781 0.500 -
20 20.000 0.188 0.250 0.218 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.594 - 0.812 1.031 - 1.281 1.500 1.750 1.969 0.500 -
22 22.000 0.188 0.250 0.218 0.375 0.500 0.375 - - 0.875 1.125 - 1.375 1.625 1.875 2.125 0.500 -
24 24.000 0.218 0.250 - 0.375 0.562 0.375 0.688 - 0.969 1.219 - 1.531 1.812 2.062 2.344 0.500 -
26 26.000 - 0.312 - 0.500 - 0.375 - - - - - - - - - 0.500 -
28 28.000 - 0.312 - 0.500 0.625 0.375 - - - - - - - - - 0.500 -
30 30.000 0.250 0.312 0.312 0.500 0.625 0.375 - - - - - - - - - 0.500 -
32 32.000 - 0.312 - 0.500 0.625 0.375 0.688 - - - - - - - - 0.500 -
34 34.000 - 0.312 - 0.500 0.625 0.375 0.688 - - - - - - - - 0.500 -
36 36.000 - 0.312 - 0.500 0.625 0.375 0.750 - - - - - - - - 0.500 -
42 42.000 - - 0.500 0.625 0.375 0.750 - - - - - - - - 0.500 -
All dimensions shown are in inches.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 207
STANDARD WEIGHT PIPE DATA BARLOWS FORMULA
208 www.anvilintl.com
WELD FITTING90 ELBOW, 180 RETURN, 45 ELBOW
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Nominal B
Nominal
Nominal
K
B
A A A
Nominal
M M
Nominal G Nominal
Nominal
E M
C C
C C F
Nom. Straight Straight Long Pattern Nom. Straight Straight Long Pattern
Pipe Tees Caps Crosses Stub Ends Pipe Tees Caps Crosses Stub Ends
Size C&M E C&M F G Size C&M E C&M F G
1 2 1 1 3 13 8 14 11 61 2 * 11 12 161 4
34 11 8 1 3 111 16 16 12 7* 12 12 181 2
1 11 2 11 2 4 2 18 131 2 8* 131 2 12 21
11 4 17 8 11 2 17 8 4 21 2 20 15 9* 15 12 23
11 2 21 4 11 2 21 4 4 27 8 22 161 2 10
2 21 2 11 2 * 21 2 6 35 8 24 17 101 2 17 12 271 4
21 2 3 11 2 * 3 6 41 8 26 191 2 101 2
3 33 8 2* 33 8 6 5 30 22 101 2
31 2 33 4 21 2 * 33 4 6 51 2 34 25 101 2
4 41 8 21 2 * 41 8 6 63 16 36 261 2 101 2
5 47 8 3* 47 8 8 75 16 42 C=30,M=28 12
6 55 8 31 2 * 55 8 8 81 2 *Dimensions apply to STD and XS only.
8 7 4* 7 8 105 8 All dimensions shown are in inches.
10 81 2 5* 81 2 10 123 4
12 10 6* 10 10 15
210 www.anvilintl.com
WELD FITTINGREDUCERS AND REDUCING OUTLET TEES
Nom. Pipe Size H C M
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
5x2 5 47 8 41 8
21 2 5 47 8 41 4
M 3 5 47 8 43 8
31 2 5 47 8 41 2
4 5 47 8 45 8
H H C C 6 x 21 2 51 2 55 8 43 4
3 51 2 55 8 47 8
H: Concentric & Eccentric Reducers C, M: Reducing Outlet Tees 31 2 51 2 55 8 5
4 51 2 55 8 51 8
Nom. Pipe Size H C M Nom. Pipe Size H C M 5 51 2 55 8 53 8
12 x 14 1 1 21 2 x 1 31 2 3 21 4 8x3 7 6
38 1 1 11 4 31 2 3 21 2 31 2 6 7 6
34 x 38 11 2 11 8 11 8 11 2 31 2 3 25 8 4 6 7 61 8
12 11 2 11 8 11 8 2 31 2 3 23 4 5 6 7 63 8
1 x 38 2 11 2 11 2 3x1 33 8 25 8 6 6 7 65 8
12 2 11 2 11 2 11 4 31 2 33 8 23 4 10 x 4 7 81 2 71 4
34 2 11 2 11 2 11 2 1
3 2 33 8 27 8 5 7 81 2 71 2
2 31 2 33 8 3 6 7 81 2 75 8
11 4 x 1 2 2 17 8 17 8 21 2 31 2 33 8 31 4
34 2 17 8 17 8 8 7 81 2 8
1 2 17 8 17 8 3 2 x 11 4
1 4 12 x 5 8 10 81 2
11 2 4 33 4 31 8 6 8 10 85 8
11 2 x 1 2 21 2 21 4 21 4 2 4 3
3 4 1
3 4
34 21 2 21 4 21 4 8 8 10 9
21 2 4 33 4 31 2 10 8 10 91 2
1 21 2 21 4 21 4 3 4 33 4 35 8
11 4 21 2 21 4 21 4 14 x 6 13 11 93 8
4 x 11 2 4 41 8 33 8 8 13 11 93 4
2 x 34 3 21 2 13 4 2 4 41 8 31 2
1 3 21 2 2 10 13 11 101 8
21 2 4 41 8 33 4 12 13 11 105 8
11 4 3 21 2 21 4 3 4 41 8 37 8
11 2 3 21 2 23 8 All dimensions shown are in inches.
31 2 4 41 8 4
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 211
TECHNICAL INFORMATION WELD FITTINGWELDING NECK FLANGES
Nom. 150 LB. 300 LB. 400 LB. 600 LB. Nom. 150 LB. 300 LB. 400 LB. 600 LB.
Pipe Size O Y(1) O Y(1) O Y(2) O Y(2) Pipe Size O Y(1) O Y(1) O Y(2) O Y(2)
12 31 2 17 8 33 4 21 16 33 4 21 16 33 4 21 16 14 21 5 23 55 8 23 57 8 233 4 61 2
34 37 8 21 16 45 8 21 4 45 8 21 4 45 8 21 4 16 231 2 5 251 2 53 4 251 2 6 27 7
1 41 4 23 16 47 8 27 16 47 8 27 16 47 8 27 16 18 25 51 2 28 61 4 28 61 2 291 4 71 4
11 4 45 8 21 4 51 4 29 16 51 4 25 8 51 4 25 8 20 271 2 511 16 301 2 63 8 301 2 65 8 32 71 2
11 2 5 27 16 61 8 211 16 61 8 23 4 61 8 23 4 22 291 2 57 8 33 61 2 33 63 4 341 4 73 4
2 6 21 2 61 2 23 4 61 2 27 8 61 2 27 8 24 32 6 36 65 8 36 67 8 37 8
21 2 7 23 4 71 2 3 71 2 31 8 71 2 31 8 26 341 4 5 381 4 71 4 381 4 75 8 40 83 4
3 71 2 23 4 81 4 31 8 81 4 31 4 81 4 31 4 30 383 4 51 8 43 81 4 43 85 8 441 2 93 4
31 2 81 2 213 16 9 33 16 9 33 8 9 33 8 34 433 4 55 16 471 2 91 8 471 2 91 2 49 105 8
4 9 3 10 33 8 10 31 2 103 4 4 36 46 53 8 50 91 2 50 97 8 513 4 111 8
5 10 31 2 11 37 8 11 4 13 41 2 42 53 55 8 503 4 77 8 52 813 16 551 4 11
6 11 31 2 121 2 37 8 121 2 41 16 14 45 8
(1) The 1 16 raised face is included in length thru Hub, Y.
8 131 2 4 15 43 8 15 45 8 161 2 51 4
(2) The 1 4 raised face is not included in length thru Hub, Y.
10 16 4 171 2 45 8 171 2 47 8 20 6 All dimensions shown are in inches.
12 19 41 2 201 2 51 8 201 2 53 8 22 61 8
212 www.anvilintl.com
SLIP-ON, THREADED AND SOCKET FLANGES
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Y Y Y
O O O
Nom. 150 LB. 300 LB. 400 LB. 600 LB. Nom. 150 LB. 300 LB. 400 LB. 600 LB.
Pipe Size O Y(1) O Y(1) O Y(2) O Y(2) Pipe Size O Y(1) O Y(1) O Y(2) O Y(2)
12 312 58 334 78 334 78 334 78 20 2712 278 3012 334 3012 4 32 5
34 378 58 458 1 458 1 458 1 22 2912 318 * 33 4* 33 414* 3414 514*
1 414 1116 478 1116 478 1116 478 1116 24 32 314 36 4316 36 412 37 512
114 458 1316 514 1116 514 118 514 118 26 3414 338* 3814 714* 3814 758* 40 834*
112 5 78 618 1316 618 114 618 114 30 3834 312* 43 814* 43 858* 4412 934*
2 6 1 612 1516 612 1716 612 1716 34 4334 31116* 4712 918* 4712 912* 49 1058*
212 7 118 712 112 712 158 712 158 36 46 334* 50 912* 50 978* 5134 1118*
3 712 1316 814 11116 814 11316 814 11316 42 53 4* - - - - - -
312 812 114 9 134 9 11516 9 11516
4 9 1516 10 178 10 2 1034 218 * Not available in Threaded type
Not available in Socket type
5 10 1716 11 2 11 218 13 238*
(1) The 1 16 raised face is included in length thru Hub, Y.
6 11 1916 1212 2116 1212 214 14 258 (2) The 1 4 raised face is not included in length thru Hub, Y.
8 1312 134 15 2716 15 21116 1612 3 All dimensions shown are in inches.
10 16 11516 1712 258 1712 278 20 338
12 19 2316 2012 278 2012 318 22 358
14 21 214 23 3 23 3516 2334 31116
16 2312 212 2512 314 2512 31116 27 4316
18 25 21116 28 312 28 378 2914 458
214 www.anvilintl.com
EXTRA HEAVY CAST IRON COMPANION FLANGES AND BOLTS BLIND FLANGES
(for working pressures up to 250 psi steam, 400 psi WOG) 116"
Y
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Size Flange Dia. Bolt Circle No. Bolts Bolt Size Bolt Length O
125/150 LB. FLANGE 250/300 LB. FLANGE 125/150 LB. FLANGE 250/300 LB. FLANGE
Nom. Bolt No. Bolt No. Nom. Bolt No. Bolt No.
Pipe Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt Pipe Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt
Size Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len. Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len. Size Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len. Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len.
12 23 8 1 2 4 21 4 13 4 25 8 12 4 21 2 2 20 25 11 8 20 6 51 4 27 11 4 24 8 7
34 23 4 1 2 4 21 4 2 31 4 58 4 23 4 21 2 22 271 4 11 4 20 61 2 51 2 291 4 11 2 24 83 4 71 2
1 31 8 1 2 4 21 2 2 31 2 58 4 3 21 2 24 291 2 11 4 20 63 4 53 4 32 11 2 24 9 73 4
11 4 31 2 1 2 4 21 2 21 4 37 8 58 4 3 23 4 26 313 4 11 4 24 7 6 341 2 15 8 28 10 83 4
11 2 37 8 1 2 4 23 4 21 4 41 2 34 4 31 2 3 30 36 11 4 28 71 4 61 4 391 4 13 4 28 111 4 10
2 43 4 5 8 4 3 23 4 5 58 8 31 4 3 34 401 2 11 2 32 8 7 431 2 17 8 28 121 4 103 4
21 2 51 2 5 8 4 31 4 3 57 8 34 8 33 4 31 4 36 423 4 11 2 32 81 4 7 46 2 32 123 4 111 4
3 6 58 4 31 2 3 65 8 34 8 4 31 2 42 491 2 11 2 36 83 4 71 4 523 4 2 36 133 4 131 2
31 2 7 58 8 31 2 3 71 4 34 8 41 4 33 4 *1 16" Raised Face
Stud lengths for lap joint anges are equal to lengths shown plus the thickness of two
4 71 2 5 8 8 31 2 3 77 8 34 8 41 4 33 4 laps of the stub ends.
5 81 2 3 4 8 33 4 31 4 91 4 34 8 41 2 4
6 91 2 3 4 8 33 4 31 4 105 8 34 12 43 4 41 4
8 113 4 3 4 8 4 31 2 13 78 12 51 4 43 4
10 141 8 7 8 12 41 2 33 4 151 4 1 16 6 51 4
12 17 7 8 12 41 2 4 173 4 11 8 16 61 2 53 4
14 183 4 1 12 5 41 4 201 4 11 8 20 63 4 6
16 211 4 1 16 51 4 41 2 221 2 11 4 20 71 4 61 2
18 223 4 11 8 16 53 4 43 4 243 4 11 4 24 71 2 63 4
216 www.anvilintl.com
BOLTING DIMENSIONS FOR 400 LB./600LB. STEEL FLANGE
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
400 LB. STEEL FLANGES 600 LB. STEEL FLANGES 400 LB. STEEL FLANGES 600 LB. STEEL FLANGES
Diam Length Diam Length Diam Length Diam Length
Nom of Diam No. of Studs of Diam No of Studs Nom of Diam No. of Studs of Diam No of Studs
Pipe Bolt of of 14" Raised Bolt of of 14" Raised Pipe Bolt of of 14" Raised Bolt of of 14" Raised
Size Circle Bolts Bolts Face Circle Bolts Bolts Face Size Circle Bolts Bolts Face Circle Bolts Bolts Face
12 258 12 4 3 258 12 4 3 20 27 112 24 912 2812 158 24 1114
34 314 58 4 314 314 58 4 314 22 2914 158 24 10 3058 134 24 12
1 312 58 4 312 312 58 4 312 24 32 134 24 1012 33 178 24 1234
114 378 58 4 334 378 58 4 334 26 3412 134 28 1112 36 178 28 1314
112 412 34 4 4 412 34 4 4 30 3914 2 28 13 4014 2 28 14
2 5 58 8 4 5 58 8 4 34 4312 2 28 1334 4412 214 28 15
212 578 34 8 412 578 34 8 414 36 46 2 32 14 47 212 28 1534
3 658 34 8 434 658 34 8 434 42 5234 212 32 1614 5334 234 28 1712
312 714 78 8 514 714 78 8 514
4 778 78 8 514 812 78 8 512 Stud lengths for lap joint anges are equal to lengths shown minus 1 2 "
5 914 78 8 612 1012 1 8 614 plus the thickness of two laps of the stub ends.
6 1058 78 12 534 1112 1 12 612
8 13 1 12 612 1334 118 12 712
10 1514 118 16 714 17 114 16 814
12 1734 114 16 734 1914 114 20 812
14 2014 114 20 8 2034 138 20 9
16 2212 138 20 812 2334 112 20 934
18 2434 138 24 834 2534 158 20 1012
218 www.anvilintl.com
ASTM CARBON STEEL PIPE & FLANGE SPECIFICATIONS
Yield Elongation (% in 2") Chemical
ASTM Grade
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Pipe and Tubing Spec Point or Rectangular Composition, %
or Strength STD
Description and Applications No. Strength
Type PSI Round t 516" 516" C MN P S
PSI
Electric-fusion-welded strait- or spiral-
.30 to .040 .050
seam pipe for liquid, gas or vapor from A 139 A 48,000 30,000 17.5+ 56t 35
1.00 max max
mill grades of plate.
.30 to .040 .050
As above A 139 B 60,000 35,000 15+ 48t 30 .30 max
1.00 max max
Forged Pipe, Flanges
Description and Applications
Forged or rolled steel pipe anges,
ttings (6) values and parts for high
.35 (5) .05 .05
temperature service. Heat treatment A105 I 60,000 30,000 25 .90 max
max max max
required; may be annealed or
normalized.
As above .35 (5) .05 .05
A 105 II 70,000 36,000 22 .90 max
max max max
As above except for general service. .35 (5) .05 .05
A 181 I 60,000 30,000 22 .90 max
Heat treatment is not required. max max max
.35 (5) .05 .05
As above A 181 II 70,000 36,000 18 .90 max
max max max
(1) 0.10% silicon minimum. (5) When anges will be subject to fusion welding, carbon content shall be
(2) Open hearth, 0.13 max for 18" and 14" size resistance welded pipe only 0.35%. If carbon is 0.35%, it may be necessary to add silicon to
meet required tensile properties. The silicon content shall be 0.35%.
(3) Seamless: open hearth 0.048 max, acid bessemar 0.11 max;
Res. welded: open hearth 0.050 max. (6) Factor-made Wrought Carbon Steel and Ferritic Alloy Steel Welding
Fitting Specications are covered under ASTM A234.
(4) Longitudinal or transverse direction of test specimen with respect to
pipe axis
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 219
HOW TO CUT ODD-ANGLE ELBOWS
45
37 1 1 5 10 15 221 2 371 2 45
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
2 Nom. O.D.
A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
2 2.38 116 1 32 3 8 5 32 23 32 516 1332 15 3212132 2332 234 1316 3932 1716
A 22 1
2 37 1 212 2.88 3 32 1 32 716 316 29 32 13 32 11132 19 32 21 32 2932 31332 112 4116 11316
2
15 3 3.50 3 32 116 17 32 14 1332 15 32 158 23 32 215 32 1332 4332 11316 42932 2532
22 1
10 2
15 B 312 4.00 18 116 5 8 9 32 114 916 12932 27 32 227 32 1932 434 218 51116 2916
5 10
1 15 4 4.50 5 32 116 23 32 516 1716 21 32 2532 3132 314 11532 51332 21532 61532 21516
5 5.56 316 3 32 29 32 13 32 12532 1316 21116 114 4132 12732 62332 3332 8116 32332
6 6.63 732 3 32 1116 1 2 25 32 1 3732 112 42732 2732 8116 32332 92132 41532
Step 1 Measure
distance on outside arc us-
8 8.63 9 32 18 1716 21 32 22732 11132 4932 2 61332 3132 101116 5132 121316 6132
A ing the values from the pre- 10 10.75 1132 5 32 12532 27 32 3916 11116 51132 21732 8 32532 131132 6516 16 7916
vious table & make a mark. 12 12.75 716 316 218 1 414 2132 638 3132 9916 4916 153132 71932 19532 918
14 14.00 1 2 14 2716 7 32 478 2716 71132 32132 11 512 18516 9532 22 11
16 16.00 916 9 32 22532 11332 51932 22532 838 4316 12916 6932 201516 101532 2518 1916
18 18.00 5 8 516 3532 1916 6932 3532 9716 42332 1418 7116 23916 112532 28932 1418
Step 2 Measure 20 20.00 1116
25 32
11 32
3 8
312 134 63132 312 101532 514 152332 72732 2316 13332 311332 152332
distance on inside arc using B 22 22.00 32732 12932 71116 32732 111732 534 17932 858 281316 141332 34916 17932
the values from the table 27 32 13 32
below & make a mark. 24 24.00 4316 2332 838 4316 12916 6932 182732 9716 311332 152332 371116 182732
26 26.00 29 32 15 32 41732 2932 9116 41732 1358 61316 201332 10732 34132 17132 402732 201332
30 30.00 1116 17 32 514 258 101532 514 152332 72732 23916 112532 39932 1958 4718 23916
34 34.00 1316 19 32 51516 23132 1178 51516 171316 82932 262332 131132 4412 2214 531332 262332
Step 3 Wrap tape 36 36.00 114 5 8 6932 3532 12916 6932 182732 9716 28932 1418 4718 23916 56916 28932
around elbow & mark cutting line. 42 42.00 11532 23 32 71132 32132 142132 71132 22 11 33 1612 543132 2712 653132 33
220 www.anvilintl.com
ALIGNMENT OF PIPE
Proper alignment is important if a piping system is to be correctly 45 ELBOW-TO-PIPE
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
fabricated.
1. Level pipe using spirit level.
Poor alignment may result in welding difculties and a system that
2. Place tting to pipe leaving
does not function properly.
small welding gap.
Welding rings may be employed to assure proper alignment as well 3. Place 45" spirit level on face of
as the correct welding gap. In addition to using welding rings, some elbow and maneuver elbow
simple procedures can be followed to assist the pipe tter. Below until bubble is centered.
and on the following page are alignment procedures commonly
4. Tack weld in place.
used by todays craftsmen.
PIPE-TO-PIPE 90 ELBOW-TO-PIPE
1. Level one length of pipe using 1. Level pipe using spirit level.
spirit level. 2. Place tting to pipe leaving small
2. Bring lengths together leaving welding gap.
only small welding gap. 3. Place spirit level on face of elbow and
3. Place spirit level over both pipes as shown and maneuver maneuver elbow until level.
unpositioned length until both are level. 4. Tack weld in place.
4. Tack weld top and bottom.
5. Rotate pipe 90. TEE-TO-PIPE
6. Repeat procedure. 1. Level pipe using spirit level.
2. Place tee to pipe leaving small
welding gap.
3. Place spirit level on face of tee and
maneuver tee until level.
4. Tack weld in place.
Weld
Sides
222 www.anvilintl.com
DRILL SIZES FOR NPT TAP & DRILL SIZES PIPE & WATER WEIGHT/FOOT
PIPE TAPS (Unied National Coarse)
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Tap Size Threads/In. Drill Dia. Tap Size Threads/In. Drill Size WEIGHT (Lb.) WEIGHT (Lb.)
18 27 R 1 4 20 7 Nom. Pipe Size STD Pipe Water XS Pipe Water
14 7 16 5 16 12 0.851 0.132 1.088 0.101
18 18 F
38 37 64 3 8 5 16 34 1.131 0.230 1.474 0.188
18 16
12 14 23 32 7 16 14 U 1 1.679 0.374 2.172 0.311
34 14 59 64 1 2 13 27 64 11 4 2.273 0.648 2.997 0.555
9 16 31 64 1
1 2 2.718 0.882 3.631 0.765
1 111 2 15 32 12
11 4 111 2 11 2 5 8 11 17 32 2 3.653 1.455 5.022 1.280
1
1 2 111 2 147 64 3 4 10 21 32 21 2 5.793 2.076 7.661 1.837
2 111 2 27 32 7 8 9 49 64 3 7.580 3.200 10.250 2.864
21 2 8 25 8 1 8 7 8 31 2 9.110 4.280 12.510 3.850
3 8 31 4 1 1 8 7 63 64 4 10.790 5.510 14.980 4.980
31 2 8 33 4 1 1 4 7 1764 5 14.620 8.660 20.780 7.890
4 8 41 4 1 3 8 6 1732 6 18.970 12.510 28.570 11.290
1 1 2 6 11132 8 28.550 21.690 43.390 19.800
1 3 4 5 1916 10 40.480 34.100 54.740 32.300
2 4 1 2 12532 12 49.580 49.000 65.420 47.000
14 54.570 59.700 72.090 57.500
16 62.580 79.100 82.770 76.500
18 70.590 101.200 93.450 98.400
20 78.600 126.000 104.130 122.800
24 94.620 183.800 125.490 180.100
30 119.000 291.200 158.000 286.200
224 www.anvilintl.com
WATER PRESSURE TO FEET HEAD FEET HEAD TO WATER PRESSURE
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Lbs./Sq.In. Feet Head Lbs./Sq.In. Feet Head Lbs./Sq.In. Feet Head Feet Head Lbs./Sq.In. Feet Head Lbs./Sq.In. Feet Head Lbs./Sq.In.
1 2.31 40 92.36 180 77.96 1 0.43 40 17.32 180 77.96
2 4.62 50 115.45 200 86.62 2 0.87 50 21.65 200 86.62
3 6.93 60 138.54 250 108.27 3 1.30 60 25.99 250 108.27
4 9.24 70 161.63 300 129.93 4 1.73 70 30.32 300 129.93
5 11.54 80 184.72 350 151.58 5 2.17 80 34.65 350 151.58
6 13.85 90 207.81 400 173.24 6 2.60 90 38.98 400 173.24
7 16.16 100 43.31 500 216.55 7 3.03 100 43.31 500 216.55
8 18.47 110 47.64 600 259.85 8 3.46 110 47.64 600 259.85
9 20.78 120 51.97 700 303.16 9 3.90 120 51.97 700 303.16
10 23.09 130 56.30 800 346.47 10 4.33 130 56.30 800 346.47
15 34.63 140 60.63 900 389.78 15 6.50 140 60.63 900 389.78
20 46.18 150 64.96 1,000 433.00 20 8.66 150 64.96 1,000 433.00
25 57.72 160 69.29 25 10.83 160 69.29
30 69.27 170 73.63 30 12.99 170 73.63
NOTE: One foot of water at 62F equals 0.433 pound pressure per square
inch. To nd the pressure per square inch for any feet head not given in the
table above, multiply the feet head by 0.433.
226 www.anvilintl.com
FLOW CONVERSION CHART
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
B
18" 14" 38" 12" 3 4"
1" 1 1 4 "
1 1 2 "
2" 2 1 2 "
3" 3 1 2"
4" 4 1 2 "
5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 12" 13"14"15" Extra Heavy
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.8 1.0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 Exact
A
18" 14" 38" 1 2" 34" 1" 114" 112" 2" 2 1 2 " 3" 312" 4" 412" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 12" 14"
13" 15"
Standard
0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30
C Velocity,
Ft./Sec.
0.01 0.03 0.1 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1,000 2,000
D Ft.3/Min.
0.1 0.5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1,000 2,000 5,000 10,000 30,000
E Gal./Min.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
G
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Acetylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C2H2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.91 Anthracite Class I 11,230
Ethane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C2H4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.05 Bitiminous Class II Group 1 14,100
Methane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.554 Bitiminous Class II Group 3 13,080
Ammonia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NH3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.596 Sub-Bituminous Class III Group 1 10,810
Carbon-dioxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . CO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.53 Sub-Bituminous Class III Group 2 9,670
Carbon_monoxide . . . . . . . . . . . CO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.967
Butane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C4H10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.067 LIQUIDS BTU VALUES PER GALLON
Butene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C4H8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.93 Fuel Oil No. 1 136,000
Chlorine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cl2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.486 Fuel Oil No. 2 138,000
Helium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . He . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.138 Fuel Oil No. 4 145,000
Hydrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.0696 Fuel Oil No. 5 148,000
Nitrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0.9718 Fuel Oil No. 6 152,000
Oxygen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.1053
GASES BTU VALUES PER CU. FT.
Natural Gas 935 to 1132
SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF LIQUIDS Producers Gas 163
Liquid Temp F Specic Gravity Illuminating Gas 534
Mixed (Coke oven and water gas) 545
Water (1 cu.-ft. weights 62.41 lb.) 50 1.00
Brine (Sodium Chloride 25%) 32 1.20
Pennsylvania Crude Oil 80 0.85
Fuel Oil No. 1 and 2 85 0.95
Gasoline 80 0.74
Kerosene 85 0.82
Lubricating Oil SAE 10-20-30 115 0.94
d
ll Re
ry
Cher
r Du
Color
ry
ow
t Red
at
d
Cher
Red
d Re
ry, o
Scale
t Yell
k He
ium
on
ge
on
e
Brigh
Salm
Oran
Faint
Cher
Dark
Bloo
Whit
Med
Lem
Blac
Ligh
1,600 1,500 1,400 1,300 1,200 1,100 1,000 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0
Degree (C)
Degree (F)
3,000 2,900 2,800 2,700 2,600 2,500 2,400 2,300 2,200 2,100 2,000 1,900 1,800 1,700 1,600 1,500 1,400 1,300 1,200 1,100 1,000 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0
Wrought Nickel Haynes Cast Iron Brass Bronze Aluminum Magnesium Tin Lead
Iron Alloys Stellite Aluminum, Alloys Alloys Alloys Alloys
Chromium, Alloys Chromium-Nickel Magnesium,
Nickel, Cast Iron Antimony
Chromium-Nickel
Stls. and Iron
230 www.anvilintl.com
USEFUL DEFINITIONS
ALLOY STEEL: A Steel which CARBON STEEL: A steel which CORROSION: The gradual ELASTIC LIMIT: The greatest
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
owes its distinctive properties owes its distinctive properties destruction or alteration of stress which a material
to elements other than chiey to the various a metal or alloy caused by can withstand without a
carbon. percentages of carbon (as direct chemical attack or by permanent deformation after
distinguished from the other electrochemical reaction. release of the stress.
AREA OF A CIRCLE: The
elements) which it contains.
measurement of the surface CREEP: The plastic ow of EROSION: The gradual
within a circle. To nd the CIRCUMFERENCE OF A CIRCLE: pipe within a system; the destruction of metal or other
area of a circle, multiply the The measurement around the permanent set in metal material by the abrasive
product of the radius times perimeter of a circle. To nd caused by stresses at high action of liquids, gases, solids
the radius by Pi (3.142). the circumference, multiply temperatures. Generally or mixtures thereof.
Commonly written A = r2. Pi (3.142) by the diameter. associated with a time rate of
RADIUS OF A CIRCLE: A
(Commonly written as d). deformation.
BRAZE WELD OR BRAZING: straight line drawn from the
A process of joining metals COEFFICIENT OF EXPANSION: DIAMETER OF A CIRCLE: A center to the extreme edge of
using a nonferrous ller metal A number indicating the degree straight line drawn through a circle.
or alloy, the melting point of of expansion or contraction of a the center of a circle from one
SOCKET FITTING: A tting
which is higher than 800F substance. extreme edge to the other.
used to join pipe in which
but lower than that of the Equal to twice the radius.
The coefcient of expansion the pipe is inserted into the
metals to be joined.
is not constant and varies DUCTILITY: The property of tting. A llet weld is then
BUTT WELD: A circumferential with changes in temperature. elongation, above the elastic made around the edge of the
weld in pipe fusing For linear expansion it is limit, but under the tensile tting and the outside wall of
the abutting pipe walls expressed as the change in strength. the pipe.
completely from inside wall length of one unit of length
A measure of ductility is the
to outside wall. of a substance having one
percentage of elongation of
degree rise in temperature.
the fractured piece over its
original length.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 231
USEFUL DEFINITIONS
SOLDERING: A method of SHEARING STRESS: One that VOLUME OF A PIPE: The
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
joining metals using fusible resists a force tending to measurement of the space
alloys, formerly tin and lead, make one layer of a body within the walls of the pipe.
having melting points under slide across another layer. To nd the volume of a pipe,
700F multiply the length (or height)
TORSIONAL STRESS: One that
of the pipe by the product of
STRAIN: Change of shape or resists forces tending to twist
the inside radius times the
size of a body produced by a body.
inside radius by Pi (3.142).
the action of a stress.
TENSILE STRENGTH: The Commonly written as V =
STRESS: The intensity of the maximum tensile stress which hr2.
internal, distributed forces a material will develop. The
WELDING: A process of
which resist a change in tensile strength is usually
joining metals by heating
the form of a body. When considered to be the load
until they are fused together,
external forces act on a body in pounds per square inch
or by heating and applying
they are resisted by reactions at which a test specimen
pressure until there is a
within the body which are ruptures.
plastic joining action. Filler
termed stresses.
TURBULENCE: Any deviation metal may or may not be
TENSILE STRESS: One that from parallel ow in a pipe used.
resists a force tending to pull due to rough inner walls,
YIELD STRENGTH: The stress
a body apart. obstructions or directional
at which a material exhibits a
changes.
COMPRESSIVE STRESS: One specied limiting permanent
that resists a force tending to VELOCITY: Time rate of set. (.2% or.5%)
crush a body. motion in a given direction
and sense, usually expressed
in feet per second.
232 www.anvilintl.com
UNIT CONVERSIONS
FLOW MASS WEIGHT OF WATER
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
1 gpm = 0.134 cu. ft. per min 1 lb. (avoir.) = 16 oz. (avoir.) 1 cu. ft. at 50F. = 62.41 lb.
= 500 lb.per hr. x sp. gr. = 7,000 grain 1 gal. at 50F. = 8.34 lb.
500 lb. per hr. = 1 gpm / sp. gr. 1 ton (short) = 2,000 lb. 1 cu. ft. of ice = 57.2 lb.
1 cu. ft. per min. (cfm) = 448.8 gal. per hr. (gph) 1 ton (long) = 2,240 lb. 1 cu. ft. at 39.2F. = 62.43 lb.
Note: Water is at its
POWER PRESSURE greatest density at 39.2F
1 Btu per hr. = 0.293 watt 1 lb. Per sq. in. = 3.13 ft. water at 60F
= 12.96 ft. lb. per min. = 2.04 in. hg at 60F WEIGHT OF LIQUID
= 0.00039 hp 1 ft. water at 60F = .433 lb. per sq. in. 1 gal. (U.S.) = 8.34 lb. x sp. gr.
1 ton refrigeration (U.S.)= 288,000 Btu per 24 hr. = .884 in. hg at 60F 1 cu. ft. = 62.4 lb. x sp. gr.
= 12,000 Btu per hr. 1 in. Hg at 60F = .49 lb. per sq. in. 1 lb. = .12 U.S. gal. / sp. gr.
= 200 Btu per min. = 1.13 ft. water at 60F = .016 cu. ft. / sp. gr.
= 83.33 lb. ice melted per 1 lb. Per sq. in. = lb. per sq. in gauge (psig)
24 hr. from & at 32F. Absolute (psia) = 14.7 WORK
= 2,000 lb. ice melted per 1 Btu (mean) = 778 ft. lb.
24 hr. from & at 32F TEMPERATURE = .293 watt hr.
1 hp = 550 ft. lb. per sec. C = (F-32) x 5/9 = 1180 of heat required to
= 746 watt change temp of 1 lb.
= 2,545 Btu per hr. VOLUME water from 32F to 212F
1 boiler hp = 33,480 Btu per hr. I gal. (U.S.) = 128 . oz. (U.S.) 1 hp-hr = 2545 Btu (mean)
= 34.5 lb. water evap. per = 231 cu. in. = .746 kwhr
hr. from & at 212F = .833 gal. (Brit.) 1 Kwhr = 3413 Btu (mean)
= 9.8 kw. 1 cu. ft. = 7.48 gal. (U.S.) = 1.34 hp-hr
1 kw. = 3,413 Btu per hr.
( )
C
A = R2 C=D A = ( R2 ) / 360 L A1 = 2 A B + H A2 + B2
R=D/2 D=2R D L = ( R ) / 180 R 2
A
V=ABH
R
= (L 180) / ( R) B
H
R = (L 180) / ( )
ELLIPSE
C RECTANGULAR SOLID
A=AB TRIANGLE
C=2 A2 + B2
A
B A1 = 2 [ (W L) + (L H) + (H W)]
A = (W H) / 2 L
2 H V=WLH W
H
W
CONE
PARALLELOGRAM SPHERE
A=HL L A1 = ( R S) + ( R2)
H A1 = 6 R2
S
H
V = ( R2 H) / 3
R
V = (4 R3) / 3 R
RECTANGLE
L CYLINDER CAPACITY IN GALLONS
A=HL
H
A1 = (2 R2) + (2 R H) For the above contains, capacity in
V = R2 H R gallons (G) is:
TRAPEZOID
L1
G = (V / 231 ); when V is in cubic
A = H (L1 + L2) / 2 inches
H
H
G = (V 7.48); when V is in cubic feet
L2
234 www.anvilintl.com
SPRINKLER SYSTEM FORMULAS
Simple Flow Rate Pressure Tank Sizing (Hydraulically calculated) Hazen-Williams Formula for Pressure Loss
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Q = K P 0.5, where Pi = [(Pf + 15)/A] - 15, where P = (4.52 Q1.85) / (C1.85 d4.87), where:]
Q = ow rate (GPM) Pi = tank air pressure to use (PSI) P = pressure loss (PSI) per lineal ft.
K = discharge coefcient of pipe A = proportion of air in the tank Q = ow rate (GPM)
P = pressure (PSI) Pf = system pressure req'd per hydraulic C = friction factor of pipe (constant)
calc. (PSI) d = internal diameter of pipe (Inches)
General Volumetric Flow Rate Typical C values:
Q = 29.8 D2 Cd P0.5, where Darcy-Weisbach Formula for Friction Loss
Unlined cast or ductile iron . . . . . .100
Q = ow rate (GPM) HL = f (L/D) (v2/2g), where Black steel (dry sys.incl.preaction). .100
D = outlet diameter (Inches) HL = friction loss (Ft) Black steel (wet sys.incl.deluge) . . .120
Cd = discharge coefcient based on Re = Reynolds number (pVD / ) Galvanized (all) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
outlet geometry f = friction factor (f=64/Re) Plastic (listed) all . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
P = pressure (PSI) v = water velocity (Ft/Sec) Cement lined cast or ductile iron . .140
g = gravitational constant (32.174ft/sec2) Copper tube or stainless steel . . . . .150
Pressure Tank Sizing (Tank above sprinklers) D = pipe diameter (Ft)
P = (30/A) - 15, where L = pipe length (Ft) Hazen-Williams Formula for Pressure Loss
P = air pressure in tank (PSI) (in SI units)
A = proportion of air in the tank PRESSURE VELOCITY
P = 6.05 105 Q1.85 / (C1.85 d4.87),
Pv = 0.001123 Q2 / D4 , where where
Pressure Tank Sizing (Tank below sprinklers) Pv = pressure velocity (PSI) P = pressure loss (Bars) per lineal meter
P = (30/A) - 15 + (0.43 H/A), where Q = ow rate (GPM) Q = ow rate (Litre/Min)
P = air pressure carried in tank (PSI) D = internal dia. of pipe (Inches) C = friction factor of pipe (constant)
A = proportion of air in the tank d = internal diameter of pipe (mm)
H = height of highest sprinkler above
tank bottom (Ft)
236 www.anvilintl.com
HARDNESS CONVERSION NUMBERS
(1) Brinell Indentation Diameter, MM. (4) Rockwell Hardness Number Supercial Brale Penetrator:
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
(2) Standard or Tungsten Carbide Ball, Brinell B-Scale 100-KG. Load; 116" Diameter Ball (6) 15-N Scale 15-KG. Load
Hardness No. 10MM. Ball 3000KG. Load (5) Rockwell Hardness Number (7) 30-N Scale 30-KG. Load
(3) Diamond Pyramid Hardness Number. 50-KG. C-Scale 150-KG. Load Brale Penetrator (8) 45-N Scale 45-KG. Load
Load (9) Shore Scleroscope Hardness Number
Rockwell Supercial Hardness Number
(10) Tensile Strength (Approx.) 1000 PSI.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
2.95 429 455 45.7 83.4 64.6 49.9 61 217 4.05 223 234 97.3 (18.8) -
3.00 415 440 44.5 82.8 63.5 48.4 59 210 4.10 217 228 96.4 (17.5) 33 105
3.05 401 425 43.1 82.0 62.3 46.9 58 202 4.15 212 222 95.5 (16.0) 102
3.10 388 410 41.8 81.4 61.1 45.3 56 195 4.20 207 218 94.6 (15.2) 32 100
3.15 375 396 40.4 80.6 59.9 43.6 54 188 4.25 201 212 93.8 (13.8) 31 98
3.20 363 383 39.1 80.0 58.7 42.0 52 182 4.30 197 207 92.8 (12.7) 30 95
3.25 352 372 (110.0) 37.9 79.3 57.6 40.5 51 176 4.35 192 202 91.9 (11.5) 29 93
3.30 341 360 (109.0) 36.9 78.6 56.4 39.1 50 170 4.40 187 196 90.7 (10.0) 90
3.35 331 350 (108.5) 35.5 78.0 55.4 37.8 48 166 4.45 183 192 90.0 (9.0) 28 89
3.40 321 339 (108.0) 34.3 77.3 54.3 36.4 47 160 4.50 179 188 89.0 (8.0) 27 87
3.45 311 328 (107.5) 33.1 76.7 53.3 34.4 46 155 4.55 174 182 87.8 (6.4) 85
3.50 302 319 (107.0) 32.1 76.1 52.2 33.8 45 150 4.60 170 178 86.8 (5.4) 26 83
3.55 293 309 (106.0) 30.9 75.5 51.2 32.4 43 145 4.65 167 175 86.0 (4.4) 81
3.60 285 301 (105.5) 29.9 75.0 50.3 31.2 141 4.70 163 171 85.0 (3.3) 25 79
3.65 277 292 (104.5) 28.8 74.4 49.3 29.9 41 137 4.80 156 163 82.9 (0.9) 76
3.70 269 284 (104.0) 27.6 73.7 48.3 28.5 40 133 4.90 149 156 80.8 23 73
3.75 262 276 (103.0) 26.6 73.1 47.3 27.3 39 129 5.00 143 150 78.7 22 71
3.80 255 269 (102.0) 25.4 72.5 46.2 26.0 38 126 5.10 137 143 76.4 21 67
3.85 248 261 (101.0) 24.2 71.7 45.1 24.5 37 122 5.20 131 137 74.0 65
3.90 241 253 100.0 22.8 70.9 43.9 22.8 36 118 5.30 126 132 72.0 20 63
3.95 235 247 99.0 21.7 70.3 42.9 21.5 35 115 5.40 121 127 69.8 19 60
4.00 229 241 98.2 20.5 69.7 41.9 20.1 34 111 5.50 116 122 67.6 18 58
5.60 111 117 65.7 15 56
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 237
COATED ARC WELDING ELECTRODES - TYPES & STYLES PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF E60 & E70
A. W. S. CLASSIFICATION SERIES ELECTRODES
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
E6010 Direct Current, Reverse polarity, All Positions. TYPICAL VALUES
All purpose. Moderately smooth nish. Good penetration. This AWS ASTM Tensile Yield Red. in Area
is the electrode used for most carbon steel pipe welding.
Electrode Strength Strength Elongation Min. %
E6011 Alternating Current, All Positions. E6010 62,00070,000 52,00058,000 22 to 28% 35
All purpose. Moderately smooth nish. Good penetration. E6011 62,00073,000 52,00061,000
E6012 Direct Current, Straight Polarity, All Positions. E6012 68,00078,000 55,00065,000 17 to 22% 25
High bead. Smooth. Fast. Cold rod. MINIMUM VALUES
E6013 Alternating Current, All Positions. AWS ASTM Tensile Yield
High bead. Smooth. Fast. Cold rod. Electrode Strength Strength Elongation
E6015 Direct Current, Reverse polarity, All Positions. E7010 70,000 57,000 22
Low hydrogen electrode. E7011 70,000 57,000 22
E6016 Direct Current or Alternating Current, All Positions E7015 70,000 57,000 22
Low hydrogen electrode. E7016 70,000 57,000 22
E7020 70,000 52,000 25
E6018 Direct Current, All Positions.
Low hydrogen iron powder electrodes WELDING AND BRAZING TEMPERATURES
E6020 Direct Current, Straight Polarity, Flat Position Only. Carbon Steel Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27002790F
Flat bead. Smooth. Fast. Deep penetration. Can be used w/ A.C. Stainless Steel Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24902730F
also. Hot rod. Cast Iron Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19202500F
Copper Welding and Brazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1980F
E6024 Direct Current, Straight Polarity or Alternating and Current,
and Flat Position Only. Flat bead. Smooth. Fast. Deep penetration. Brazing Copper-Silicon with Phosphor-Bronze . . . . 18501900F
E6027 Iron powder electrodes. Brazing Naval Bronze with Manganese Bronze . . . 16001700F
Silver Solder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11751600F
NOTE: This information also applies to E70, E80, E90, and E100 Series. Low Temperature Brazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11751530F
The last two numbers (in bold type) designate the types or styles and the Soft Solder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200730F
rst two numbers the minimum specied tensile strength in 1,000 psi of the Wrought Iron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27002750F
weld deposit as welded.
238 www.anvilintl.com
TROUBLE SHOOTING ARC WELDING EQUIPMENT
PROBLEM: Welder will not start PROBLEM: Welder will not start PROBLEM: Welder runs but soon stops
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
(Starter not operating) (Starter operating) Cause: Wrong relay heaters.
Cause: Power circuit dead. Cause: Wrong motor connections. Remedy: Renewal part recommendations.
Remedy: Check voltage. Remedy: Check connection diagram.
Cause: Welder overloaded.
Cause: Broken power lead. Cause: Wrong supply voltage. Remedy: Considerable overlaod can be
Remedy: Repair. Remedy: Check nameplate against supply. carried only for a short time.
Cause: Wrong supply voltage. Cause: Rotor stuck. Cause: Duty cycle too high.
Remedy: Check nameplate against supply. Remedy: Try turning by hand. Remedy: Do not operate continually at
overload currents.
Cause: Open power switches Cause: Power circuit single-phased.
Remedy: Close. Remedy: Replace fuse; repair open line. Cause: Leads too long or too narrow in
cross section.
Cause: Blown fuses. Cause: Starter single-phased.
Remedy: Should be large enough to
Remedy: Replace. Remedy: Check contact of starter tips.
carry welding current without
Cause: Overload relay tripped. Cause: Poor motor connection. excessive voltage drop.
Remedy: Let set cool. Remove cause of Remedy: Tighten.
Cause: Power circuit single-phased.
overloading.
Cause: Open circuit in windings. Remedy: Check for one dead fuse or line.
Cause: Open circuit to starter button. Remedy: Repair.
Cause: Ambient temperature too high.
Remedy: Repair.
Remedy: Operate at reduced loads where
Cause: Defective operating coil. temperature exceeds 100 F.
Remedy: Replace.
Cause: Ventilation blocked.
Cause: Mechanical obstruction in Remedy: Check air inlet & exhaust
contactor. openings.
Remedy: Remove.
240 www.anvilintl.com
TROUBLE SHOOTING ARC WELDING EQUIPMENT, CONT'D.
PROBLEM: Welder generating but current
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
falls off when welding
Cause: Electrode or ground connection Cause: Wrong brushes used
loose Remedy: Renewal part recommendations
Remedy: Clean & tighten all connections Cause: Brush pigtails damaged
Cause: Poor ground Remedy: Replace brushes
Remedy: Check ground-return circuit Cause: Rough or dirty commutator
Cause: Brushes worn worn off Remedy: Turn down or clean commutator
Remedy: Replace with recommended Cause: Motor connection single-phased
grade. Sand to t. Blow out Remedy: Check all connections
carbon dust.
Cause: Weak brush spring pressure.
Remedy: Replace or readjust brush springs
Cause: Brush not properly tted
Remedy: Sand brushes to t
Cause: Brushes in backwards
Remedy: Reverse
242 www.anvilintl.com
BASIC ARC & GAS WELDING SYMBOLS, CONT'D.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
NOTE : STANDARD LOCATION OF ELEMENTS OF A WELDING SYMBOL
1. Size, weld symbol, length
of weld and spacing must
read in that order from left FINISH SYMBOL GROOVE ANGLE OR INCLUDED
to right along the reference ANGLE OF COUNTERSINK
line. Neither orientation of CONTOUR SYMBOL FOR PLUG WELDS
reference line nor location ROOT OPENING, DEPTH
of the arrow alter this rule. OF FILLING FOR PLUG LENGTH OF WELD IN INCHES
2. The perpendicular leg of AND SLOT WELDS
PITCH (C TO C SPACING)
, , , weld symbols F OF WELDS IN INCHES
must be at left. EFFECTIVE THROAT
A
3. Arrow and other side DEPTH OF PREPARATION FIELD WELD SYMBOL
welds are of the same size OR SIZE IN INCHES R
unless otherwise shown. WELD ALL AROUND
REFERENCE LINE
Dimensions of llet welds SYMBOL
(OTHER
SIDE)
must be shown on both the
SPECIFICATION, PROCESS
(BOTH SIDES)
arrow side and other side
symbol. OR OTHER REFERENCE S(E) L@P
T
4. The point of the eld weld
symbol must point toward
(ARROW
the tail.
SIDE)
TAIL (OMITTED WHEN
5. Symbols apply between REFERENCE IS NOT USED)
abrupt changes in direction
of welding unless governed ARROW CONNECTS REFERENCE
LINE TO ARROW SIDE OF JOINT.
by the All Around symbol BASIC WELD SYMBOL
or otherwise dimensioned. OR DETAIL REFERENCE
Cap Elbow -
Turned Down
2 2 2 2 2
Cross 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Elbow -
(Reducing) 4 4 4 4 4 Turned Up
Crossover Elbow -
Double Branch
Elbow - 45 Elbow -
Long Radius
LR
LR
244 www.anvilintl.com
SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Bell & Bell &
Flanged Screwed Spigot Welded Soldered Flanged Screwed Spigot Welded Soldered
Elbow - 2 2 2 2 Lateral
Reducing 4 4 4 4
Joint - Reducer -
Expansion Concentric
246 www.anvilintl.com
SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Bell & Bell &
Flanged Screwed Spigot Welded Soldered Flanged Screwed Spigot Welded Soldered
Valve - Valve -
Gate Lockshield
Motor Operated
Valve - Valve -
Globe Quick Opening
Valve - Valve -
Globe Saftey
Motor Operated
Valve - Sleeve
Angle
Hose Angle
Valve -
Hose Gate
Valve -
Hose Globe
Tee - Tee -
Outlet Up Side Outlet
(Outlet Up)
Tee - Union
Outlet Down
Tee -
Single Sweep
248 www.anvilintl.com
WIRE ROPE
OVERVIEW LUBRICATION WIRE ROPE
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Strength of wire ropes vary, depending on the material from All wire rope, whether used indoors or out, should be
which the individual strands are made and the method considered as a group of moving wires constantly rubbing
used in forming the cable, ranging between 30 and 100 against one another. The resulting friction causes incessant
tons per square inch. Primarily there are 3 classes of wire wear on the moving parts of the wire rope or cable and
rope: will shorten its life very rapidly unless lubricants are used
to overcome the friction. Lubrication also prevents rusting.
(1) Iron Iron wire is soft with low tensile strength of 30 to 40
tons per square inch. Commonly used for drum type elevator Lubricating intervals will depend on the types and amount
cables and to some extent for derrick guys; being replaced of work encountered. Under average conditions, if worked
by low-carbon steel wire in these uses. steadily on equipment, wire rope or cable will require
lubrication once every 3 weeks. Where heavy
(2) Cast Steel May have a tensile strength abrasive dusts exist, more frequent lubrication
up to 90 tons per square inch and because Wire rope is usually larger than is in order. Rusty ropes may break without
of its greater strength is generally used for the nominal diameter and may warning.
hoisting purposes. To check quickly whether exceed the nominal diameter by the
a piece of wire is iron or cast steel, bend it. amounts shown in the U.S. Federal SHEAVES
Specication for Wire Rope.
Iron will bend easily and take a long time to The life of wire rope or cable is directly
regain its original shape, while cast steel will 0 1 2 3
affected by the condition and size of the
be harder to bend and will snap back to its sheaves over which it is used. Sheaves should
original shape very quickly. Right be at least 16 x the diameter of the rope or
cable that is used over them. In passing over
(3) Plow Steel - Plow steel wire rope is made a sheave, the inside portion of the cable,
from high grade, open hearth furnace steel which is against the sheave, is shortened and
and has an average tensile strength of 110 0 1 2 3
compression is developed in that section of
tons per square inch. This is the best and the cable. The outside portion (away from the
safest wire rope for cranes, derricks, dredges Wrong sheave) is lengthened or stretched, causing
and slings or straps for heavy loads. tension in that section. These compressive and
tensional stresses combine to create bending
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 249
WIRE ROPE
stresses which increase rapidly as the diameter of the HANDLING CABLE OR WIRE ROPE
sheaves decrease. As these bending stresses cause much
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Cable or wire rope must not be coiled or uncoiled like
undue wear and directly shorten the safe working life of manila rope. Cable or wire rope must be taken off the
the rope or cable, the ratio mention between sheaves and reel in a straight line, avoiding kinking. The reel may be
rope should be maintained. mounted on a heavy pipe or roller to facilitate unwinding.
New wire rope may be damaged and not work properly in If space is limited, the cable as it comes off the reel may
sheaves that have become worn or in which the grooves have be layed out in a gure 8, after which it can be reeved into
become irregular in shape. When sheaves are worn or damaged, the line for which it is intended.
it is more economical to renew the sheaves rather than to allow CLAMP FASTENINGS
excessive wear on the cable. When it is necessary to make a short bend. as in attaching
One cause of very severe wear in wire rope or cables is wire rope or when it is to be looped. thimbles should
reverse bending, which will shorten the life of the rope by always be used.
approximately 1 2 . Reverse bending refers to the bending of a In clamping a strap or an eye, the loose or dead end is
cable or rope over sheaves, rst in one direction then in another. clamped against the main part of the rope with the damps
Another cause of severe rope wear is twisting of the fall rope. spaced apart a distance equal to 6 x diameter of the rope.
When the fall rope is twisted Clamp fastenings seldom develop more than 4 5 of rope
and a hoist is made, the No. of Crosby or Safety Clips & strength at best.
Dist. Between Clips Needed for
wear produced is equal to Safety The point of greatest fatigue and/or wear in a rope usually
more than that resulting from Rope Dia. No. of Dist. Between develops at or near the end where it is clamped around
weeks of normal use. The Inches Clips Clips, Inches the boom or where attached to the becket on the block.
person in charge of lifting 1 4 3 8 3 21 4 Clamps should be inspected at least once weekly and
operations should guard 7 16 5 8 3 33 4
tightened if they show signs of loosening. All clamped or
3 4 11 8 4 63 4
against twisting of the fall spliced fastenings, especially those on cranes or derricks,
11 4 11 2 5 9
rope and should not allow a 15 8 13 4 6 101 2 should be shifted and changed at least once every six
lift to be made if the fall rope 2 and over 7 6 x diam. months.
is twisted. of cable
U BOLTS OF ALL CLAMPS MUST BE ON THE DEAD END
OF THE ROPE.
250 www.anvilintl.com
WIRE ROPE
SAFE LOAD (IN POUNDS) ON IMPROVED PLOW STEEL WIRE ROPE
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
CORRECT - U-Bolts on short end of
(6 Strands, 19 or 37 Wires per Strand, Hempcore)
rope. (No distortion on live end of rope.)
Breaking
Single TWO PART SLING Strength
CORRECT Dia. Circum. Vertical Wt./Ft. Tons
In. In. Wirerope 60 45 30 Lbs. (2000 lbs)
14 34 1,100 1,900 1,550 1,100 0.10 2.74
38 11 8 2,500 4,230 3,460 2,450 0.23 6.1
INCORRECT - Thimble should 12
be used to increase strength of 11 2 4,300 7,450 6,080 4,300 0.40 10.7
58 2 6,600 11,600 9,430 6,670 0.63 16.7
eye and reduce wear on rope.
34 21 4 9,400 16,500 13,450 9,520 0.90 23.8
78 23 4 12,800 22,300 18,200 12,800 1.23 32.2
INCORRECT - U-Bolts on live end of 1 3 16,000 29,000 23,690 16,790 1.60 41.8
rope. (Causes mashed spots on live end 11 8 31 2 21,000 36,450 29,780 21,040 2.03 52.6
of rope.) 11 4 4 26,000 44,700 36,570 25,870 2.50 64.6
13 8 41 4 31,000 53,800 43,900 31,050 3.03 77.7
INCORRECT - Staggered clips. (Causes
a mashed spot in live end of rope due to 11 2 43 4 37,000 63,700 52,000 36,800 3.60 92.0
incorrect position of center clip.) 15 8 5 43,000 74,400 60,700 42,900 4.23 107.0
13 4 51 2 49,600 86,000 70,260 49,700 4.90 124.0
2 61 4 64,000 110,700 90,400 64,000 6.40 160.0
INCORRECT - Wire rope knot
with clip efciency 50% or less 21 8 65 8 63,000 125,200 102,200 72,200 7.22 181.0
21 4 71 8 81,000 140,300 114,600 79,000 8.10 202.0
21 2 77 8 98,000 170,000 139,100 98,400 10.00 246.0
23 4 85 8 117,600 203,500 166,700 117,700 12.10 294.0
www.anvilintl.com
GRUVLOK LUBRICANTS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant has been developed for use with
Gruvlok couplings in services where improved lubrication is bene-
cial. This lubricant has an operating temperature range from -65F
to 400F, well exceeding the temperature range of Gruvlok gaskets.
This lubricant is waterproof, thereby eliminating water wash-out and
it will not dry out in the absence of water. There are ve primary ap-
plications where the Xtreme Lubricant will provide increased ben-
ets: low temperature applications (below -20F), high temperature
NSF Certified to
CAUTION: HDPE pipe requires the use of Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant and
should not be used with Gruvlok Lubricant
254 www.anvilintl.com
DESIGN FACTORS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Each exible design Gruvlok coupling can provide for pipe system
FLEXIBLE COUPLING ANGULAR MOVEMENT
movement up to the design maximum for the specic size and type
Designed-in clearances allow limited
coupling being utilized. Movement is possible in the Gruvlok cou-
deection of the pipe joint within the
pling due to two factors: (1) designed-in clearance between the key of
coupling, without introducing eccentric
the coupling and the groove diameter and groove width, and (2) the
loads into the coupling joint.
gap between pipe ends joined by the coupling.
The maximum available angular move-
LINEAR MOVEMENT: ment of Gruvlok coupling joints is
shown in the performance data for each
FLEXIBLE COUPLING LINEAR MOVEMENT
coupling type. The amount of angular exibility varies for each cou-
Linear movement is accommodated within
pling size and type. For design purposes the published gures should
the coupling by allowing the pipe ends to
be reduced by the below listed factors to account for pipe, groove
move together or apart in response to pressure
and coupling tolerances.
thrusts and temperature changes. The avail-
able linear movement provided by Standard ANGULAR MOVEMENT
Gruvlok couplings is shown below: Sizes
Design Factor
Roll Groove Cut Groove
LINEAR MOVEMENT 1" thru 312 " Reduce 50% Reduce 50%
Represents Linear
Sizes Roll Groove Pipe Cut Groove Pipe Movement Capabilities 4" thru 24" Reduce 50% Reduce 25%
1 1 1
1" thru 3 2 " 16" 16"
3 3
4" thru 24" 32" 16"
FLOW
4 Fig. 7800 Check Valve
5 Fig. 7012 Flange GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7401
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7401
1 6 Long Radius Elbow
3
2 7 Fig. 7260 Gruvlok GRUVLOK
4 FIGURE 7001
3 TEE Strainer
GRUVLOK
CHECK VALVE
SERIES 7800
FIGURE 7001
7
FIGURE 7260
3
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7001
GRUVLOK
3
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7001
3
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7001 5 3
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7001
6 3 5 6
HORIZONTAL
FIGURE 7001
GRUVLOK
256 www.anvilintl.com
GRUVLOK FLOW CONTROL COMPONENTS DECIMAL DEGREE EQUIVALENTS OF MINUTES
END SUCTION PUMP VERTICAL SPLIT CASE PUMP
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
FLOW
FLOW
FLOW
FLOW
1 GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7401
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7401 1
2
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7001 3
B
2
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7001 3 3 GRUVLOK
TRI-SERVICE
FIGURE 7001
VALVE
FTV-S
1 GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7401
CHECK VALVE
SERIES 7800
2 7 7
FIGURE 7260
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7001
GRUVLOK
3
3 GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7001
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7001 3 4
GRUVLOK
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7001 3
1 FIGURE 7401
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7001 3
6
3 GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7001
3 5
3 GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7001
GRUVLOK
FIGURE 7001 3
4GRUVLOK
FIG. 7250
5 5
FIGURE 7401
FIGURE 7401
GRUVLOK
GRUVLOK
FLOW
6 6
1 4 1
C STYLE ROUGHNECK
258 www.anvilintl.com
GRUVLOK GASKET STYLES
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
REDUCING COUPLING FLANGE SOCK-IT CLAMP-T
The centering rib allows for pipe A specially designed gasket for Used in Sock-It ttings only, this These gaskets conform to the
positioning and serves to keep the Fig. 7012, 7013 and 7312 pressure energized gasket pro- curved exterior of the pipe to
the smaller pipe from telescop- Flange provides for a reliable vides a leak-tight seal on plain provide a pressure responsive
ing during installation. Used seal on both the pipe and the end seal pipe. Available in Grade seal. This unique design is only
only with the Fig. 7010 Reducing mating ange. E material only. used with Fig. 7045, 7046
Coupling. Clamp-T and Fig. 7047, 7048,
and 7049 Clamp-T Crosses.
VACUUM SERVICE
VACUUM SERVICE
Size Vacuum Level Gasket Recommendation
1" - 6" 0" - 29.92" Hg Standard or Flush Gap
8" - 12" 0" - 15 Hg Standard or Flush Gap
112" - 12" 0" - 29.92 Hg Flush Gap
LARGER SIZES: Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
WATER & AIR PETROLEUM PRODUCTS
Service Gasket Grade Service Gasket Grade
Air, (no oil vapors) Temp. -40F to 230F Crude Oil - Sour T
E
(-40C to 110C) Diesel Oil T
Air, (no oil vapors) Temp. -40F to 350F
L Fuel Oil T
(-40C to 177C)
Air, Oil vapor Temp. -20F to 150F Gasoline, Leaded T
T
(-29C to 66C) Gasoline, Unleaded* (O)
Air, Oil vapor Temp. 20F to 300F Hydraulic Oil T
O
(-7C to 149C)
JP-3, JP-4 and JP-5 T/O
Water, Temp to 150F (66C) E/T
JP-6, 100F (38C) Maximum Temp. O
Water, Temp to 230F (110C) E
Kerosene T
Water, Acid Mine E/T
Lube Oil, to 150F (66C) T
Water, Chlorine (E/O)
Motor Oil T
Water, Deionized E/T
Tar and Tar Oil T
Water, Seawater E/T
Transmission Fluid --Type A O
Water, Waste E/T
Turbo Oil #15 Diester Lubricant O
Water, Lime E/T
Unless otherwise noted, all gasket listings are based upon 100F (38C)
Where more than one gasket grade is shown the preferred gasket maximum temperature service conditions. For services not listed
grade is listed rst. Where the gasket grade is shown in parentheses, Contact a Gruvlok Representative for recommendation. *Contact a
Contact a Gruvlok Representative for an engineering evaluation and Gruvlok Representative for service evaluation.
recommendation. Specify gasket grade when ordering. Use Gruvlok
lubricant on gasket. Check gasket color code to be certain it is rec-
ommended for the service intended.
In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm Degrees mm/m In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs/N-M Lbs./Kg
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Gruvlok Couplings are identied by either the nominal ANSI pipe 5 Range of pipe end separation is the gap between the pipe ends
1
size in inches or pipe O.D. in millimeters (see column 2). due to assembly.
262 www.anvilintl.com
MOVEMENTAPPLICATIONS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
THERMAL MOVEMENT: COUPLINGS REQUIRED
A sufcient amount of coupling joints must be provided to accom- As indicated above, the total movement is 1.80". Thus, the number of
modate the calculated movement (expansion or contraction) in a pipe couplings is determined as follows:
run or segment thereof. No. of Couplings = Tot. Movement / Avail. Movement per Coupling
L
G
M
L
264 www.anvilintl.com
MOVEMENTAPPLICATIONS, CONT'D.
CURVE LAYOUT:
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
WHERE:
Utilizing the angular deection at each coupling joint curves may be N = Number of Couplings
laid out using straight pipe lengths and Gruvlok Couplings.
R = Radius of Curve (feet)
L = Pipe Length (feet)
L
= Deection from centerline (Degrees) of each Coupling
(See coupling performance data, value to be reduced by
Design Factor)
T =Total Angular Deection of all Couplings.
R
The exible design of the Gruvlok coupling makes it ideal for use in a
R wide variety of systems in which random changes of the pipe direction
can be accommodated by the Gruvlok couplings angular deection
capability rather than requiring the use of special ttings.
This example shows how to calculate the curve radius, required pipe Pitched drainage systems, buried pipe systems where pipe laying condi-
lengths, and number of required couplings. tions are subject to settlement, and exposed pipe systems laid on rough
ground are but a few of the many types of pipe installations that pres-
R = L / (2 x Sin(/2)) ent conditions where the functional capability of the Gruvlok coupling
are useful.
L = 2 x R x Sin(/2)
N=T/
Pitched for Drainage
For Deection
For Expansion
Utilizing the rotational capability of the Gruvlok Coupling, the pipe life
of a slurry or similar coarse material piping system can be extended.
NOTE: Fully Deected Joint Will Not Allow For Linear Expansion. For pipe rotation, the system must be shut down and internal pressure
relieved.
In the example above, two couplings were added to account for
The pipe may then be rotated one-quarter turn, the couplings retight-
thermal expansion and the other couplings accommodate only the
ened, and service resumed. If performed on a regular basis, pipe ro-
misalignment.
tation will evenly distribute wear over the entire inner surface of the
The additional stress from the combined movement is therefore re- pipe.
lieved.
266 www.anvilintl.com
COUPLING FLEXIBILITY
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
The grooved couplings capability to allow angular and rotational PRESSURE THRUSTS:
movement within the coupling joint must be considered when de- Gruvlok couplings react to the application of system pressure and
ciding hanger and support locations. Spring hangers and supports restrain the pipe ends from separation due to the pressure force. How-
providing for movement in more than one plane are often used to al- ever, the coupling joint may not be in the self-restraining conguration
low the pipe system to move with- prior to the application of system pressure. The Gruvlok coupling does
out introducing additional stress not restrain adjacent pipe sections from separation due to pressure
into the pipe system. forces until the coupling key sections engage the groove walls.
EXAMPLE 1 Random exible coupling joint installation will produce installed cou-
L1
This example demonstrates the L2 pling conditions ranging from pipe ends full butted to fully separated to
need for each pipe length in a the maximum available gap. Thus, only after system pressurization will
grooved system to be supported. the self-restraining function of the coupling be in effect.
The sag due to the exibility The designer must account for the movement to be encountered when
of the Gruvlok joint could be the system is pressurized and the joints are fully separated. Anchor and
eliminated with the proper guide positions must be dened to direct the pipe joint movement that it
positioning of hangers on both is not detrimental to the pipe system.
pipe segments L1 and L2.
EXAMPLE 2
This illustrates the effect of pump
oscillation on a piping system. A
spring hanger should be used to
support the pipe section and also
respond to the induced vibrations. The couplings in the horizontal
run above the riser, should accommodate the deection without
transmitting bending stresses through the pipe system.
Examples of the effect of pressure thrust are shown in the following introducing additional stresses into the pipe system. In the deected
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
illustrations. condition shown, temperature increases would produce further ex-
System With No Pressure pansion of the pipe system thus increasing the deection.
EXAMPLE 1
The coupling joints have EXAMPLE 3
been installed butted or To restrain this system provide
partially open. When pres- a pressure thrust anchor at R1 L1
surized the pipe ends in to resist the pressure thrust act-
the coupling joints will System Pressurized R1 R2 C
ing through the tee
separate to the maximum D1 at the cap C. D1
amount permitted by the coupling design. Provide a hanger at
Point R2, or a base support at L2
The coupling key sections will make contact with the groove walls
and restrain the pipe from further separation. Point D2 to support the vertical
The movement at each coupling joint will add with all other joints column. If the offsets L1, L2, and L3
D2 L3
and produce L. are of adequate length to handle
expected pipe movements, no
additional anchoring is required.
EXAMPLE 2
Thermal movement of the pipe sys-
In the system shown here, the
tem should also be considered, and intermediate anchors located
pipe will move and deect at the
as required, to direct the pipe movement so as to prevent intro-
elbow joint due to pressure thrust.
ducing bending stresses into the system.
The pipe designer SUFFICIENT
must assure himself LENGTH TO
that the system has the OFFSET
capability of deecting PRESSURE
THRUST
sufciently to absorb
this movement without
268 www.anvilintl.com
COUPLING FLEXIBILITY, CONT'D.
D
EXAMPLE 4 RISER DESIGN:
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Anchor at A to Risers assembled with Gruvlok Flexible couplings are generally in-
support weight of A VERTICAL stalled in either of two ways. In the most common method, the pipe
COLUMN E ends are butted together within the coupling joint. Note that when
vertical water column. L1
Use spring hanger at B C installing risers, the gasket is rst placed onto the lower pipe and rolled
D and E to allow L2
back away from the pipe end prior to positioning the upper pipe. An-
HORIZONTAL VERTICAL
movement of vertical RUN COLUMN choring of the riser may be done prior to pressurization with the pipe
piping. ends butted or while pressurized, when, due to pressure thrust, the
pipe ends will be fully separated.
Anchors at B and C if offsets at L1 and
L2 are insufciently long to handle expected pipe movements. An alternative method or riser installation is to place a metal spacer of
LATERAL RESTRAINT a predetermined thickness, between the pipe ends when an additional
length of pipe is added to the riser stack. The upper pipe length is an-
EXAMPLE 5 chored, the spacer removed and the coupling is then installed. This
System with no pressure method creates a predetermined gap at each pipe joint which can be
partially deected
utilized in pipe systems where thermal movement is anticipated and
in systems with rigid (threaded, welded, anged) branch connections
where shear forces due to pressure thrust could damage the rigid con-
System pressurized nections.
fully deected
The following examples illustrate methods of installing commonly en-
A grooved coupling joint installed in a partially deected condition countered riser designs.
between anchor locations will deect to its fully deected condition
when pressurized. Hangers and supports must be selected with con-
sideration of the hangers capability to provide lateral restraint.
Light duty hangers, while acceptable in many installations, may de-
ect against the application of lateral forces and result in snaking
conditions of the pipe system.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 269
COUPLING FLEXIBILITY, CONT'D.
RISERS WITHOUT BRANCH CONNECTIONS RISERS WITH BRANCH CONNECTIONS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Install the riser with the pipe ends butted. Install the riser with the predetermined gap method. Anchor the
L pipe at or near the base with a pressure thrust
Locate an anchor at the base of the riser M anchor A capable of supporting the full
(A) to support the total weight of the pipe, B
pressure thrust, weight of pipe and the uid
couplings and uid. Provide pipe guides on
column. Anchor at B with an anchor capable
every other pipe length, as a minimum, to
of withstanding full pressure thrust at the top
prevent possible deection of the pipe line at C
of the riser plus weight of pipe column. Place
the coupling joints as the riser expands due
intermediate anchors C as shown, between
to pressure thrust or thermal growth. Note
anchors A and B. Also place intermediate
that no intermediate anchors are required.
clamps at every other pipe length as a C
When the system is pressurized the pipe minimum.
stack will grow due to pressure thrust
which causes maximum separation of pipe When this system is pressurized, the pipe
ends within the couplings. The maximum movement due to pressure thrust will be C
amount of stack growth can be predeter- A
strained and there will be no shear forces
mined (see Linear Movement). In this exam- acting at the branch connections.
ple the pipe length L at the top of the riser
must be long enough to permit sufcient deection (see Angular Move-
ment) to accommodate the total movement M from both pressure
A
thrust and thermal gradients.
270 www.anvilintl.com
PIPE PREPARATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
To create a Gruvlok pipe joint, all pipe must be prepared to receive require that the pipe be free of burrs and other sharp projections which
Gruvlok coupling or other Gruvlok pipe system components. The re- could damage the gasket; grooving is not required.
quired pipe preparation may be grooving or cleaning the pipe ends, or
Gruvlok pipe grooving and hole cutting machines are available in
cutting a hole in the pipe wall.
a wide variety of designs to meet specic or general requirements.
For grooved-end joints, pipe may be grooved by either of two methods; Gruvlok roll grooving machines produce a groove to proper dimen-
cut or roll grooving. Branch outlet connections require a properly sized sional tolerances, concentric with the pipe O.D., even on out-of-round
and correctly located hole to be cut into the pipe. Sock-it connections pipe. Gruvlok hole cutting tools properly center holes for correct as-
require cleaning of the pipe end. Gruvlok plain-end pipe couplings sembly of Gruvlok branch outlet components.
Roll Groove
Depth of Cut Groove Volume of Metal Removed Cut Groove
vs. Thread Cut Groove vs. Threaded
The I.D. dimple" formed from Available Movement
roll grooving reduces the I.D. Roll Groove vs. Cut Groove
(on an average) less than 2%.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 271
PIPE PREPARATION, CONT'D.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Plain-End pipe for use with Fig. 7005 Roughneck Couplings must be
ACCEPTABLE PIPE END
free of any notches, bumps, weld bead, score marks, etc. for at least
CONFIGURATION 11/2" (38mm) back from the pipe end to provide a smooth sealing
surface for the gasket. Pipe ends (plain or beveled end) must be
Remove Burr square cut as measured from a true square line with the maximum
& Sharp Edge 132" to 116" 316" Max. allowable tolerance as follows: 0.030" (0.7mm) for 2" through 3";
30 or 0.045 (1.1mm) for 4" through 6"; and 0.060" (1.5mm) for 8" sizes.
45 The nominal outside diameter of pipe should not vary more than
1% for sizes up to 21/2", +1%-1/32" for sizes 3"-5"; +1/16"-1/32" for
Square cut pipe with Beveled pipe. Bevel Soft pipe when roll cut sizes 6" and larger. Pipe ends must be marked a distance of 1" from
O.D. burr & sharp not to exceed 116". may be swaged inward. the pipe end for Sizes 2"-4" and 11/4" from the pipe end for Sizes 5"-
edge removed is pre- Swaged portion not to 8" as a guide for centering of the gasket on the pipe ends.
ferred conguration. exceed 316"
UNACCEPTABLE
X
Excessive chamfer on
X
Abrasive wheels &
X
Dull wheel cutter
I.D. will tend to cut saws leave edge burrs produces a raised ridge
gasket during assembly. especially pronounced at the pipe O.D. giving
on one side. an oversize diameter.
The sharp O.D. edge left by different methods of cutting pipe must be re-
moved. If this sharp edge is not removed, it may damage the gasket as the
pipe is inserted into the Sock-It Fitting.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 273
PIPE SUPPORT
When designing the hangers, supports and anchors for a grooved-end For straight runs without HANGER SPACING
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
pipe system, the piping designer must consider certain unique char- concentrated loads and where full LINEAR MOVEMENT NOT REQ'D
Nominal Pipe Maximum Span
acteristics of the grooved type coupling in addition to many universal linear movement is NOT required Size Range Between Supports
pipe hanger and support design factors. As with any pipe system, the use the table on right. In./DNmm Feet/meters
hanger or support system must provide for 1 7
25 2.6
1) the weight of the pipe, couplings, uid & pipe system components; 114-2 10
32-50 3.0
2) reduce stresses at pipe joints; and 212-4 12
65-100 3.7
3) permit required pipe system movement to relieve stress. 5-8 14
125-200 4.3
10-12 16
The following factors should be considered when designing hangers 250-300 4.9
and supports for a grooved-end pipe system. For straight runs without concen- 14-16 18
trated loads and where full linear 350-400 5.5
18-24 20
movement IS required use the 450-600 6.1
PIPE HANGER SPACING: table below.
The following charts show the maximum span between pipe hangers
for straight runs of standard weight steel pipe lled with water or HANGER SPACING - FLEXIBLE SYSTEM, STEEL PIPE
other similar uids. FULL LINEAR MOVEMENT IS REQ'D
AVERAGE HANGERS PER PIPE LENGTH EVENLY SPACED
Do not use these values where critical span calculations are made or Nominal Pipe
Pipe Length in Feet/Meters
where there are concentrated loads between supports. Size Range
In. 7 10 12 15 20 22 25 30 35 40
DNmm 2.1 3.3 3.7 4.6 6.1 6.7 7.6 9.1 10.7 12.2
1-2 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 6
25-50
1
2 2-4 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 4
65-100
5-24 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
125-600
274 www.anvilintl.com
ASTM
PIPE SUPPORT
CARBON, CONT
STEEL'DP. IPE & FLANGE SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
SUGGESTED MAXIMUM SPAN BETWEEN SUPPORTS
STEEL PIPE COPPER TUBE
Nominal Suggested Maximum Span Between Supports-Feet/Meters
Size Water Gas & Air
Water Service Air Service Service Service
In./DNmm * ** *** * ** *** ** **
1 7 9 12 9 10 12
25 2.1 2.7 3.7 2.7 3.0 3.7
114 7 11 12 9 12 12
32 2.1 3.4 3.7 2.7 3.6 3.7
112 7 12 15 9 13 15
40 2.1 3.7 4.6 2.7 4 4.6
2 10 13 15 13 15 15 9 12
50 3 4 4.6 4 4.6 4.6 2.7 3.6
212 11 15 15 14 17 15 9 12
65 3.4 4.6 4.6 4.3 5.1 4.6 2.7 3.6
3 OD 11 15 15 14 17 15
65 3.4 4.6 4.6 4.3 5.1 4.6
3 12 16 15 15 19 15 10 14
80 3.7 4.8 4.6 4.6 5.7 4.6 3 4.2
312 13 18 15 15 21 15
90 4 5.4 4.6 4.6 6.3 4.6
4 14 18 15 17 21 15 12 17
* Spacing by ANSI-B31.1 Power Piping Code.
100 4.3 5.4 4.6 5.2 6.4 4.6 3.7 5.1
414 14 18 15 17 19 15 ** Spacing by ANSI-B31.9 Building Service Piping
100 4.3 5.4 4.6 5.2 5.7 4.6 Code, (1996 Edition), Fig. 921.1.3c, Table a,
5 16 20 15 20 24 15 13 18 250 psi and Fig. 921.1.3D, table a
125 4.9 6.0 4.6 6.1 7.3 4.6 4 5.7 *** Spacing by NFPA-13 Installation of Sprinkler
514 15 18 15 19 22 15 Systems, (1999 Edition), Table 6-2.2.
125 4.6 5.5 4.6 5.2 6.6 4.6
512 16 19 15 20 24 15
125 4.9 5.8 4.6 6.1 7.3 4.6
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 275
PIPE SUPPORT, CONT'D.
276 www.anvilintl.com
PIPE SUPPORT, CONT'D.
Considerations for the Hanging or Supporting of Grooved Piping Systems
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Grooved piping products have a very good maintenance track record In nearly every hanger or support assembly there are three compo-
out in the eld. Whenever there is a perceived problem with installed nents that make up the assembly. These components are an upper
grooved product, a high percentage are often related to the hanging attachment (beam or structural attachment), intermediate attach-
or supporting method or application chosen. Although supported very ment (rod, couplings, eye nuts, etc.) and the lower attachment (pipe
similarly to welded piping systems, a few considerations should be giv- clamps, U-bolts, trapezes). See accompanying illustrations for ex-
en to assure the proper selection and application of hangers and sup- amples of typical assemblies. All three components should arrive on
ports used on a grooved piping system such as Anvils Gruvlok brand. the project site together and early. To save costly eld labor hours,
consideration might be given to having the hangers or supports pre-
REVIEW REQUIREMENTS AND LOGISTICS assembled by the manufacturer or fabricated in the contractors shop.
A variety of hangers and supports are typically used on grooved pip- Components can also be bundled and tagged by system or area of the
ing systems, ranging from a simple band hanger, clevis hanger, and project so they can be easily assembled and located on-site.
trapeze supports to more intricate rack designs using structural steel
or a mechanical framing/strut system. All of these are acceptable MAKE A MATCH
hanging or supporting methods but they are dependent on the proj- The type of grooved coupling used on a project is the next consider-
ects type, design and specication requirements. With this in mind, ation to choosing the correct hanger or support method. The proper
a vital rst step is to refer to the project and code requirements when maximum spacing allowables governed by project specications, the
choosing the proper hanging or supporting method. applicable code and/or the hanger manufacturers recommendations
all must also be reviewed. Flexible couplings used on horizontal runs
Project logistics is another consideration regardless of system type. of pipe need to be supported at every coupling and usually require in-
Quite often hangers and supports are an after thought on a project termediate supports to satisfy the maximum spacing allowable require-
simply because the big-ticket items, such as labor, major equipment ments. Rigid couplings, on the other hand, can be hung or supported
and schedule, are the focus of the project team. However, hangers and based on the maximum spacing requirements only. In addition, wher-
supports are one of the rst components needed on a project since you ever there is a change in direction of the piping system a hanger or
cannot hang pipe without them. support is usually required immediately following that change in direc-
tion and then the system is hung or supported accordingly.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
It is also important to hang or support the pipe with rolls or slides and
use guides to control the thermal expansion of the pipe into an expan- upper
sion joint or expansion loop. The use of static hangers, such as clevis upper
hangers, should not be considered on pipe that is thermally expanding.
When using trapeze hangers for multiple systems it is important to have
like systems on the trapeze, that is, systems that are operating near intermediate
the same temperature. If you combine hot systems with cold systems intermediate
on a trapeze, the thermal expansion of the hot system can cause the
trapeze to possibly twist and fail or excessive stress could be induced
on the grooved joints on all of the systems on the trapeze. Hot systems lower
should be hung or supported independently of cold or ambient systems lower
or a means should be provided, such as pipe rolls or pipe slides, to al-
low the hot systems to thermally expand on the trapeze. Double Bolt Pipe
Clevis Hanger Assembly Clamp Assembly
If the pipe is a vertical riser then consideration must be given to the
use of spring hangers to allow the pipe to grow vertically up or down
case the clamps are no longer supporting the pipe as intended and this
depending upon how the pipe is anchored while still supporting the
may induce excessive stress on the grooved joints.
pipe. Vertical pipe thermally expands the same amount as horizontal
pipe and this has to be taken into consideration relating to supports, Whether it is horizontal or vertical grooved pipe, growth of the pip-
expansion joints or expansion loops. If the vertical pipe is supported ing system due to pressurization and thermal expansion must be con-
by friction/riser clamps only and the pipe expands vertically upward, sidered. On hot systems, both must be taken into account and added
the clamps will grow with the pipe off the penetration or supporting together to determine the overall growth of the system and the effect on
structure and no longer provide support. If the growth is downward, the the hangers or supports that are used. In the previous examples, pres-
friction clamps resting on the penetration or supporting structure can surization expansion on the 400 ft. run of pipe was 4.75" for a exible
either fail or the pipe may overcome the friction force and push its way joint system and 1.78" for a rigid joint system and the thermal expan-
through the clamp as the pipe thermally expands downward. In either sion was 3.04". Adding these combinations together would result in
280 www.anvilintl.com
A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
1. SCOPE (e) Wherever possible, pipe attachments for horizontal piping shall be
This specication shall apply for the design and fabrication of all pipe clamps.
hangers, supports, anchors, and guides. Where piping design is such
(f) For critical high-temperature piping, at hanger locations where
that exceptions to this specication are necessary, the particular
the vertical movement of the piping is 12" or more, or where it
system will be identied, and the exceptions clearly listed through an
is necessary to avoid the transfer of load to adjacent hangers or
addendum which will be made a part of the specication.
connected equipment, pipe hangers shall be an approved constant
support design, as Anvil Fig. 80-V and Fig. 81-H Constant Support
2. DESIGN
Hangers, or equal.
(a) All supports and parts shall conform to the latest requirements of the
ASME Code for Pressure Piping B31.1 and MSS Standard Practice Where transfer of load to adjacent hangers or equipment is not
SP-58, SP-69, SP-89 and SP-90 except as supplemented or modied critical, and where the vertical movement of the piping is less than
by the requirements of this specication. 1
2", Variable Spring Hangers may be used, provided the variation
in supporting effect does not exceed 25% of the calculated piping
(b).Designs generally accepted as exemplifying good engineering
load through its total vertical travel.
practice, using stock or production parts, shall be utilized wherever
possible. (g) The total travel for Constant Support Hangers will be equal to actual
travel plus 20%. In no case will the difference between actual and
(c) Accurate weight balance calculations shall be made to determine
total travel be less than 1". The Constant Support Hanger will have
the required supporting force at each hanger location and the pipe
travel scales on both sides of the support frame to accommodate
weight load at each equipment connection.
inspections.
(d) Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all
(h) Constant Support Hanger should be individually calibrated before
conditions of operation. They shall allow free expansion and
shipment to support the exact load specied. The calibration record
contraction of the piping, and prevent excessive stress resulting
of constant support shall be maintained for a period of 20 years to
from transferred weight being introduced into the pipe or connected
assist the customer in any redesign of the piping system. Witness
equipment.
marks shall be stamped on the Load Adjustment Scale to establish
factory calibration reference point.
(i) In addition to the requirements of ASTM-125 all alloy springs shall (m)Each Variable Spring shall be individually calibrated at the factory
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
be shot peened and examined by magnetic particle. The spring rate and furnished with travel stops. Spring coils must be square to
tolerance shall be 5%. All three critical parameters (free height, within 1 to insure proper alignment. Each spring coil must be
spring rate and loaded height) of spring coils must be tested for. purchased with a C.M.T.R. and be of domestic manufacture.
Each spring coiled must be purchased with a C.M.T.R. and be of
(n) All rigid rod hangers shall provide a means of vertical adjustment
domestic manufacture.
after erection.
(j) Constant Supports should have a wide range of load adjustability.
(o) Where the piping system is subject to shock loads, such as seismic
No less than 10% of this adjustability should be provided either
disturbances or thrusts imposed by the actuation of safety valves,
side of the calibrated load for plus or minus eld adjustment. Load
hanger design shall include provisions for rigid restraints or shock
adjustment scale shall be provided to aid the eld in accurate
absorbing devices of approved design, such as Anvil Fig. 200 shock
adjustment of loads. Additionally, the constant support should be
and sway suppressor, or equal.
designed so that load adjustments can be made with-out use of
special tools and not have an impact on the travel capabilities of the (p) Selection of vibration control devices shall not be part of the
supports. standard hanger contract. If vibration is encountered after the piping
system is in operation, appropriate vibration control equipment
(k) Constant Supports shall be furnished with travel stops which shall
shall be installed.
prevent upward and downward movement of the hanger. The travel
stops will be factory installed so that the hanger level is at the (q) Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only (see Table III).
cold position. The travel stops will be of such design as to permit At hanger locations where lateral or axial movement is anticipated,
future re-engagement, even in the event the lever is at a position suitable linkage shall be provided to permit swing.
other than cold, without having to make hanger adjustments.
(r) Where horizontal piping movements are greater than 12" and where
(l) For non-critical, low temperature systems, where vertical the hanger rod angularly from the vertical is less than or equal to 4
movements up to 2" are anticipated, an approved pre-compressed degrees from the cold to hot position of the pipe, the hanger pipe
Variable Spring design similar to Anvil Fig. B-268 may be used. and structural attachments shall be offset in such manner that the
Where movements are of a small magnitude, spring hangers similar rod is vertical in the hot position. When the hanger rod angularity
to Anvil Fig. 82 may be used.
282 www.anvilintl.com
A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION, CONT'D.
is greater than 4 degrees from vertical, then structural attachment The valve device shall offer a minimum amount of resistance to
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
will be offset so that at no point with the rod angularity exceed 4 thermal movement. Any shock force shall cause the suppressor
degrees from vertical. valve to close. With the suppressor valve closed the uid ow shall
essentially stop, thereby causing the unit to resist and absorb the
(t) Hangers shall be spaced in accordance with Table 1 and Table 2 on
disturbing forces. After the disturbing forces subside, the suppressor
the following page.
valve shall open again to allow free thermal movement of the
(u) Where practical, riser piping shall be supported independently of piping. The suppressor shall have a means of regulating the amount
the connected horizontal piping. of movement under shock conditions up to the design load for
faulted conditions without release of uid. The suppressor design
Pipe support attachments to the riser piping shall be riser clamp
shall include a uid bleed system to assure continued free thermal
lugs. Welded attachments shall be of material comparable to that of
movement after the shock force subsides. The suppressor shall have
the pipe, and designed in accordance with governing codes.
a hard surfaced, corrosion resistant piston rod supported by a rod
(v) Supports, guides, and anchors shall be so designed that excessive bushings and shall be designed so that it is capable of exerting the
heat will not be transmitted to the building steel. The temperature of required force in tension and compression, utilizing the distance.
supporting parts shall be based on a temperature gradient of 100F
(y) Paint - Variable Spring and Constant Support units will be furnished
per inch distance from the outside surface of the pipe.
painted with Stewart Bros. Green Semi-Gloss Primer (#10947). All
(w)Hanger components shall not be used for purposes other than for other material will receive one shop coat of a red chromate primer
which they were designed. They shall not be used for rigging and meeting the requirements of Federal Specication TT-P-636.
erection purposes.
For corrosive conditions hangers will be galvanized or painted with
(x) Hydraulic Snubbers - The hydraulic units shall have a temperature carbo-zinc #11.
stable control valve. The valve shall provide a locking and bleed
(z) All threads are UNC unless otherwise specied.
rate velocity that provides for tamper proof settings. The uid level
indicator for exact reading of reservoir uid level in any snubber
orientation.
HANGER DESIGN SERVICE (b) Each engineered hanger assembly will be individually bundled and
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Hanger for piping 212" and larger, and all spring support for assemblies, tagged as far as practical, ready for installation.
shall be completely engineered.
Hanger material for piping 2" and smaller shall be shipped as loose
(a) Engineered hanger assemblies shall be detailed on 812" x 11 sheets. material, identied by piping system only. A piping drawing marked
Each sketch will include a location plan showing the location of the with approximate hanger locations and types, and hanger sketches
hanger in relation to columns of equipment. showing typical support arrangements will be furnished.
Each sketch will include an exact bill of material for the component (c) Hanger inspections shall be performed in accordance with MSS-SP-
parts making up each assembly. 89 (Section 7.7) and ASME B31.1 (Appendix V).
TABLE 1: Maximum Horizontal Spacing Between Pipe Supports for Standard Weight Steel Pipe*
Nominal Pipe Size (in)
. 1 3
2 4 1 112 2 212 3 312 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30
Max. Span (Ft) Water Service 7 7 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 19 22 23 25 27 28 30 32 33
Max. Span (Ft) Vapor Service 8 9 9 12 13 14 15 16 17 19 21 24 26 30 32 35 37 39 42 34
Recommended Hanger Rod 3 1 5 3 7 1 114 112 112
Sizes 8 2 8 4 8 1
or trapeze
The above spacing and capacities are based on pipe lled with water. *Many codes and specications state pipe hangers must be spaced every
Additional valves and ttings increase the load and therefore closer hanger 10ft. regardless of size. This local specication must be followed.
spacing is required.
284 www.anvilintl.com
A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION, CONT'D.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
TABLE 3: Load Carrying Capacities of Threaded Hanger Rods.
Materials Carbon Steel with MinimumActual Tensile Strength of 50 Ksi.
Maximum Safe Load (lbs) Maximum Safe Load (lbs)
Rod Diameter (in) Threads per Inch Root Area of Coarse Thread (in2) Rod Temperature, 650 F Rod Temperature, 750 F
3
8 16 0.068 730 572
1
2 13 0.126 1,350 1,057
5
8 11 0.202 2,160 1,692
3
4 10 0.302 3,230 2,530
7
8 9 0.419 4,480 3,508
1 8 0.552 5,900 4,620
1
1 4 7 0.889 9,500 7,440
112 6 1.293 13,800 10,807
134 5 1.744 18,600 14,566
2 412 2.292 24,600 19,265
1 1
2 4 4 2 3.021 32,300 25,295
212 4 3.716 39,800 31,169
234 4 4.619 49,400 38,687
3 4 5.621 60,100 47,066
1
3 4 8 UN 6.720 71,900 56,307
312 8 UN 7.918 84,700 66,331
334 8 UN 9.214 98,500 77,139
4 8 UN 10.608 113,400 88,807
1
4 4 8 UN 12.100 129,400 101,337
412 8 UN 13.690 146,600 114,807
434 8 UN 15.379 164,700 128,982
5 8 UN 17.165 184,000 144,096
Standard UNC thread thru 3 diameter and 8-UN-2A thread series for 314 diameter and larger.
286 www.anvilintl.com
THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIAL
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIAL (IN/FT)
Temp Austenitic Stainless Steels (304, 316, 347)
F 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
-200 -0.0281 -0.0295 -0.0305 -0.0314 -0.0324 -0.0334 -0.0343 -0.0353 -0.0362 -0.0372
-100 -0.0187 -0.0197 -0.0207 -0.0216 -0.0226 -0.0236 -0.0245 -0.0254 -0.0263 -0.0272
-0 -0.0078 -0.0089 -0.0100 -0.0112 -0.0123 -0.0134 -0.0145 -0.0155 -0.0166 -0.0176
0 -0.0078 -0.0067 -0.0056 -0.0044 -0.0033 -0.0022 -0.0011 0 0.0012 0.0023
100 0.0034 0.0045 0.0056 0.0068 0.0079 0.0090 0.0101 0.0112 0.0124 0.0135
200 0.0146 0.0158 0.0169 0.0181 0.0192 0.0203 0.0215 0.0227 0.0238 0.0250
300 0.0261 0.0273 0.0285 0.0297 0.0309 0.0321 0.0332 0.0344 0.0356 0.0368
400 0.0380 0.0392 0.0404 0.0416 0.0428 0.0440 0.0453 0.0465 0.0477 0.0489
500 0.0501 0.0513 0.0526 0.0538 0.0550 0.0562 0.0575 0.0587 0.0599 0.0612
600 0.0624 0.0637 0.0649 0.0662 0.0674 0.0687 0.0700 0.0712 0.0725 0.0737
700 0.0750 0.0763 0.0776 0.0789 0.0802 0.0815 0.0828 0.0841 0.0854 0.0867
800 0.0880 0.0893 0.0906 0.0920 0.0933 0.0946 0.0959 0.0972 0.0986 0.0999
900 0.1012 0.1260 0.1039 0.1053 0.1066 0.1080 0.1094 0.1107 0.1121 0.1134
1,000 0.1148 0.1162 0.1175 0.1189 0.1202 0.1216 0.1229 0.1243 0.1257 0.1270
1,100 0.1284 0.1298 0.1311 0.1325 0.1338 0.1352 0.1366 0.1379 0.1393 0.1406
1,200 0.1420 0.1434 0.1447 0.1461 0.1474 0.1488 0.1502 0.1515 0.1529 0.1542
1,300 0.1556 0.1570 0.1583 0.1597 0.1610 0.1624 0.1638 0.1651 0.1665 0.1678
1,400 0.1692 0.1704 0.1717 0.1731 0.1744 0.1757 0.1771 0.1784 0.1796 0.1811
NOTE: Intersect 10 Degree increments across the top of each table with the 100 degree increments down the left side to determine the coefcient
of thermal expansion for the desired temperature.
288 www.anvilintl.com
BEAM DIMENSIONS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Y Z Nom. Weight Flange Thick. of Nom. Weight Flange Thick. of Nom. Weight Flange Thick. of
Size per Flange Size per Flange Size per Flange
Ft., lb. Width Ft., lb. Width Ft., lb. Width
Y Z Y Z Y Z
5 19 5 0.430 26 1
6 2 0.380 30 3
6 4 0.385
6 25 618 0.455 30 612 0.440 34 634 0.455
18 514 0.330 35 612 0.520 38 634 0.515
1
21 5 4 0.400 40 8 0.515 43 8 0.530
24 612 0.400 45 8 0.575 48 8 0.595
28 612 0.465 50 818 0.640 53 8 0.660
31 8 0.435 53 10 0.575 61 10 0.645
8 12
35 8 0.495 58 10 0.640 14 68 10 0.720
40 818 0.560 65 12 0.605 74 1018 0.785
1 1
48 8 8 0.685 72 12 0.670 82 10 8 0.855
1 1 1
58 8 4 0.810 79 12 8 0.735 90 14 2 0.710
67 814 0.935 87 1218 0.810 99 1458 0.780
22 534 0.360 96 1218 0.900 109 1458 0.860
26 534 0.440 106 1214 0.990 120 1458 0.940
30 534 0.510 132 1434 1.030
33 8 0.435 36 7 0.430
39 8 0.530 40 7 0.505
45 8 0.620 45 7 0.565
10
49 10 0.560 50 718 0.63
54 10 0.615 16 57 718 0.715
60 1018 0.680 67 1014 0.665
68 1018 0.770 77 1014 0.760
77 1014 0.870 89 1038 0.875
1 3
88 10 4 0.990 100 10 8 0.985
290 www.anvilintl.com
STEEL PIPE DATA
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
STEEL PIPE DATA SCHEDULE NO 40 & 80 STEEL PIPE DATA SCHEDULE NO 40 & 80
Nom. Schedule Weight. per Weight of Water Nom. Schedule Weight. per Weight of Water
O.D. Wall Thick. O.D. Wall Thick.
Size No. Foot (lbs) per Foot (lbs) Size No. Foot (lbs) per Foot (lbs)
3 40 0.091 0.567 0.083 40 0.258 14.620 8.660
8 0.675 5 5.563
80 0.126 0.738 0.061 80 0.375 20.780 7.870
1 40 0.109 0.850 0.132 40 0.280 18.970 12.510
2 0.840 6 6.625
80 0.147 1.087 0.101 80 0.432 28.570 11.290
3 40 0.113 1.130 0.230 40 0.322 28.550 21.600
4 1.050 8 8.625
80 0.154 1.473 0.186 80 0.500 43.390 19.800
40 0.133 1.678 0.374 40 0.365 40.480 34.100
1 1.315 10 10.750
80 0.179 2.171 0.311 80 0.593 64.400 31.100
40 0.140 2.272 0.647 40 0.406 53.600 48.500
114 1.660 12 12.75
80 0.191 2.996 0.555 80 0.687 88.600 44.000
40 0.145 2.717 0.882 40 0.437 63.000 58.500
112 1.900 14 14.000
80 0.200 3.631 0.765 80 0.750 107.000 51.200
40 0.154 3.652 1.452 40 0.500 83.000 76.500
2 2.375 16 16.000
80 0.218 5.022 1.279 80 0.843 137.000 69.700
40 0.203 5.790 2.072 40 0.563 105.000 97.200
212 2.875 18 18.000
80 0.276 7.660 1.834 80 0.937 171.000 88.500
40 0.216 7.570 3.200 40 0.593 123.000 120.400
3 3.500 20 20.000
80 0.300 10.250 2.860 80 1.031 209.000 109.400
40 0.226 9.110 4.280 40 0.687 171.000 174.200
312 4.000 24 24.000
80 0.318 12.510 3.850 80 1.218 297.000 158.200
40 0.237 10.790 5.510 30 30.000 20 0.500 158.000 286.000
4 4.500
80 0.337 14.980 4.980 36 36.000 API 0.500 190.000 417.000
TYPE L TYPE K
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Tube O.D. Weight per Weight of Water Tube O.D. Weight per Weight of Water
O.D. Wall Thick. O.D. Wall Thick.
Size Tubing Foot (lbs) per Foot (lbs) Size Tubing Foot (lbs) per Foot (lbs)
1 3
4 8 0.375 0.030 0.126 0.034 1
4 3
8 0.375 0.035 0.145 0.032
3 1
8 2 0.500 0.035 0.198 0.062 3
8 1
2 0.500 0.049 0.269 0.055
1 5
2 8 0.625 0.040 0.285 0.100 1
2 5
8 0.625 0.049 0.344 0.094
5 3
8 4 0.750 0.042 0.362 0.151 5
8 3
4 0.750 0.049 0.418 0.144
3 7
4 8 0.875 0.045 0.455 0.209 3
4 7
8 0.875 0.065 0.641 0.188
1 118 1.125 0.050 0.655 0.357 1 118 1.125 0.065 0.839 0.337
114 138 1.375 0.055 0.884 0.546 114 138 1.375 0.065 1.040 0.527
112 158 1.625 0.060 1.140 0.767 112 158 1.625 0.072 1.360 0.743
2 218 2.125 0.070 1.750 1.341 2 218 2.125 0.083 2.060 1.310
212 258 2.625 0.080 2.480 2.064 212 258 2.625 0.095 2.920 2.000
3 318 3.125 0.090 3.330 2.949 3 318 3.125 0.109 4.000 2.960
312 358 3.625 0.100 4.290 3.989 312 358 3.625 0.120 5.120 3.900
4 418 4.125 0.110 5.380 5.188 4 418 4.125 0.134 6.510 5.060
5 518 5.125 0.125 7.610 8.081 5 518 5.125 0.160 9.670 8.000
6 618 6.125 0.140 10.200 11.616 6 618 6.125 0.192 13.870 11.200
8 818 8.125 0.200 19.290 20.289 8 818 8.125 0.271 25.900 19.500
10 1018 10.125 0.250 30.100 31.590 10 1018 10.125 0.338 40.300 30.423
12 1218 12.125 0.280 40.400 45.426 12 1218 12.125 0.405 57.800 43.675
292 www.anvilintl.com
OTHER PIPE DATA
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
FLANGE CAST IRON PIPE ADD WEIGHT OF FLANGES * GLASS PIPE - REGULAR SCHEDULE
O.D. Weight per Weight of Water Weight/per Weight of Water
Pipe Size Class Wall Thick. Pipe Size O.D. Wall Thick.
C.I. Pipe ft. (lbs) per ft. (lbs). ft. (lbs) per ft. (lbs)
3 150 3.96 0.32 12.2 3.7 112 1.84 0.12 0.64 0.89
4 150 4.80 0.32 16.4 5.7 2 2.34 0.14 0.94 1.45
6 150 6.90 0.38 25.7 12.8 3 3.41 0.17 1.60 3.19
8 150 9.05 0.41 36.7 23.1 4 4.53 0.20 2.60 5.79
10 150 11.10 0.44 48.7 35.5 6 6.66 0.24 4.70 12.78
12 150 13.20 0.48 62.9 51.0
14 150 15.30 0.51 78.8 69.3
16 150 17.40 0.54 95.0 90.3 GLASS PIPE - HEAVY SCHEDULE
18 150 19.50 0.58 114.7 114.0 Weight per Weightof Water
Pipe Size O.D. Wall Thick.
20 150 21.60 0.62 135.9 141.5 ft. (lbs) per ft. (lbs)
24 150 25.80 0.73 190.4 201.0 1 1.31 0.16 0.6 0.35
30 150 32.00 0.85 277.3 312.0 112 1.84 0.17 0.9 0.76
36 150 38.30 0.94 368.9 449.0 2 2.34 0.17 1.1 1.36
42 150 44.50 1.05 479.1 612.0 3 3.41 0.20 2.0 3.06
48 150 50.80 1.14 595.2 803.0 4 4.53 0.26 3.4 5.44
* Mechanical joint pipe class ISO is approximately the same weight as 6 6.66 0.33 6.3 12.42
Bell & Spigot
Pipe Size SCHEDULE 40 Temperature (F) SCHEDULE 80 Temperature (F) SCHEDULE 120 Temperature (F)
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
(in.) 60 80 100 120 140 60 80 100 120 140 60 80 100 120 140
1
4 4 312 312 2 2 4 4 312 212 2
3
8 4 4 312 212 2 412 412 4 212 212
1
2 412 412 4 212 212 5 412 412 3 212 5 5 412 3 212
3
4 5 412 4 212 212 512 5 412 3 212 512 5 412 3 3
1 512 5 412 3 212 6 512 5 312 3 6 512 5 312 3
114 512 512 5 3 3 6 6 512 312 3 612 6 512 312 312
112 6 512 5 312 3 612 6 512 312 312 612 612 6 4 312
2 6 512 5 312 3 7 612 6 4 312 712 7 612 4 312
212 7 612 6 4 312 712 712 612 412 4 8 712 7 412 4
3 7 7 6 4 312 8 712 7 412 4 812 8 712 5 412
312 712 7 612 4 4 812 8 712 5 412 9 812 712 5 412
4 712 7 612 412 4 9 812 712 5 412 912 9 812 512 5
5 8 712 7 412 4 912 9 8 512 5 1012 10 9 6 512
6 812 8 712 5 412 10 912 9 6 5 1112 1012 912 612 6
8 9 812 8 5 412 11 1012 912 612 512
10 10 9 812 512 5 12 11 10 7 6
12 1112 1012 912 612 512 13 12 1012 712 612
14 12 11 10 7 6 1312 13 11 8 7
16 1212 1112 1012 712 612 14 1312 1112 812 712
18 13 12 11 8 7 1412 14 12 11 9
20 14 1212 1112 10 812 1512 1412 1212 1112 912
24 15 13 1212 11 912 17 15 14 1212 1012
294 www.anvilintl.com
PVC PIPE SUPPORT SPACING, CONT'D.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Pipe Size SDR 41 SDR 26
(in.) 60 80 100 120 140 60 80 100 120 140 60 80 100 120 140
18 13 12 11 8 7 1412 14 12 9 8
20 1312 1212 1112 812 712 15 1412 1212 912 812
24 14 13 12 9 8 1512 15 13 10 9
NOTE: Although support spacing is shown at 140F, consideration should be given to the use of CPVC or continuous support above 120F.
The possibility of temperature overrides beyond regular working temperatures and cost may either make either of the alternatives more desirable.
This chart based on continuous spans and for un-insulated line carrying uids of specic gravity up to 1.00.
The above table is meant as a general guideline, it is recommended that the pipe manufacturer be consulted for specic spacing recommendations relating to their
pipe, load conditions, operating temperature and service conditions.
Local codes and specications may also vary from the above recommended spacing and should be consulted for the applicable spacing requirements prior to
installation.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Contact your Anvil representative for more information.
VALVES
BASIC SERVICES Qty TAG# SIZE PART# DESCRIPTION #1
Anvil Design Services produces fabrication drawings and Bill of Ma- 4 2.5 GRUVLOK,SER.7000 BUTTERFLY VALVE, GRVD
25 2.5 GRUVLOK,FIG.758 STRAINER, GROOVED
terials of mechanical room piping 212" and larger including chillers, 27 2.5 GRUVLOK,SER.7800 CHECK VALVE, GRVD
heat exchangers, boilers, and pumps from contractor supplied ow 34 6 GRUVLOK,Fig.7260 STRAINER, GROOVED
diagrams, mechanical drawings, and approved submittals and speci- 55 10 GRUVLOK,SER.7000 BUTTERFLY VALVE, GRVD
12 58 6 GRUVLOK,SER.7000 BUTTERFLY VALVE, GRVD
cations. 61 10 GRUVLOK,SER.7000 BUTTERFLY VALVE, GRVD
81 6 GRUVLOK,FIG.722G 3DTY VALVE, GROOVED
Initially, Anvil personnel meet with you to determine your piping pref- 85 6x5 GRUVLOK,Fig.7250 SUCTION DIFF, GROOVED
erences. The project scope and fee is agreed upon in a Design Services 89 6 GRUVLOK,Fig.7250 SUCTION DIFF, GROOVED
contract. FITTINGS
Qty TAG# SIZE PART# DESCRIPTION #1 DESCRIPTION #2
The plans and specications are then interpreted in terms of economy, 10 2 2.5 GRUVLOK,Fig.7050 90 ELBOW, GRVD 290390014249
accuracy, and compliance. We may suggest modications in arrange- 27 5 2.5 GRUVLOK,Fig.7000 COUPLING, FLEX GRVD.
ment, construction, equipment location, or product to attain the de- 32 7 2.5 GRUVLOK,Fig.7400 COUPLING, RIGIDLOK GRVD. 290390013522
6 8 2.5 GRUVLOK,Fig.7060 TEE, GROOVED 290390016822
sired results. Piping layouts are carefully analyzed to determine wheth- 4 10 2.5 GRUVLOK,Fig.7051 45 ELBOW, GRVD 290390014801
er further economies can be attained in the piping system. 4 11 4 GRUVLOK Fig 7400 COUPLING RIGIDLOK GRVD 290390013548
Piping drawings are then prepared to determine the most efcient pipe
to reserve space by getting in rst. Also, your eld supervisor can
routing, taking equipment location and any interferences into consider-
spend more time supervising and not calculating pipe lengths and
ation. Preliminary prints are sent to you for revision or approval.
pipe routing. The components can be grouped from the nished draw-
Upon approval, (4) sets of drawings with tags and Bills of Materials of ings for better workow planning.
the included system components are sent to you.
We usually reduce tting counts by 10%-15% by moving equipment
With Basic Services, you can plan the mechanical room. The prelimi- whenever possible, usually less than a foot. The more movement that
nary drawings can be taken to coordination meetings with other trades is allowed, the more savings can be realized.
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 297
TECHNICAL INFORMATION ANVIL DESIGN SERVICES, CONT'D.
51 7
16
EXTENDED SERVICES 5
2
5
Extended Services include any scope beyond Basic 7 7
18 5
17
298 www.anvilintl.com
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Description ................................................... Page Description ................................................... Page
Abbreviations ..................................................................... 203-204 Copper Tube Data.......................................................................292
Advanced Copper Method .................................................. 113-122 Coupling Chart Data Notes .........................................................262
Alignment of Pipe............................................................... 221-222 Coupling Flexibility ............................................................. 267-270
Alphabetical Index .............................................................. 299-301 Couplings for Grooved-End Pipe ............................................8 25
Anvil Design Services ....................................................... 297-298 CPVC Pipe Support Spacing ......................................................296
Approximate Temperature For Carbon Steel, Colors ..................228 Decimal Degree Equivalents Of Minutes.....................................205
Arc Welding Equipment, Trouble Shooting ........................ 239-241 Decimal Equivalents Of Fractions ...............................................205
ASTM Carbon Steel Pipe & Flange Specifications .............. 218-219 Design Factors ...........................................................................255
INDEX
Barlows Formula .......................................................................208 Design Services ................................................................ 297-298
Basic Arc & Gas Welding Symbols .................................... 242-243 Drill Sizes For NPT Pipe Taps .....................................................223
Beam Dimensions .............................................................. 288-290 Equivalents Of Minutes, Decimal Degree....................................205
Blind Flanges..............................................................................215 Extra Heavy Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts ....................215
Boiling Points Of Water At Various Pressures ............................224 Feet Head To Water Pressure .....................................................225
Bolt Torque ................................................................................200 Figure Number Index ......................................................... 302-304
Bolting Dimensions for 150 to 300 Lb. Steel Flange ..................216 Fitting Size O.D. Chart & Flow Data Frictional Resistance ..........146
Bolting Dimensions for 400 Lb./600Lb. Steel Flange .................217 Fittings for Grooved-End Pipe ................................................ 38-82
Branch Outlets ....................................................................... 26-37 Flange & Carbon Steel Pipe Specifications, ASTM ............ 218-219
Carbon Steel Pipe & Flange Specifications, ASTM ............ 218-219 Flow Control Components.................................................. 256-257
Coated Arc Welding Electrodes - Types & Styles ......................238 Flow Conversion Chart ....................................................... 226-227
Colors And Approximate Temperature For Carbon Steel ............228 Flow Data Frictional Resistance..................................................146
Commercial Pipe Sizes & Wall Thicknesses ....................... 206-207 Formulas, Geometry ..................................................................234
Conversions ...................................................................... 236-237 Formulas, Sprinkler System .......................................................235
Copper Fittings................................................................... 113-122 Fractions, Decimal Equivalents Of .............................................205
Hardness Conversion Numbers ................................................237 Installation - General Assembly of Threaded Fittings .................199
HDPE Couplings................................................................. 131-132 Installation - Gruvlok Sock-It Fitting ................................ 182-183
Heat Losses From Horizontal Bare Steel Pipe ............................228 Installation - Specified Bolt Torque ............................................200
High Pressure Systems ...................................................... 110-112 Installation - Weld-Miser Tee-Lets ................................ 192-195
How to Cut Odd-Angle Elbows ...................................................220 Installation & Assembly ..................................................... 147-200
Installation - Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples ............... 196-198 Lap Joint Flanges .......................................................................214
Installation - Fig. 7000 Standard Coupling ........................ 154-155 List Of Abbreviations .......................................................... 203-204
Installation - Fig. 7001 Standard Coupling ........................ 148-149 Lubricants .......................................................................... 253-254
Installation - Fig. 7003 Hingelok Coupling ..................... 158-159 Maximum Recommended Applied Torques................................290
Installation - Fig. 7005 Roughneck Coupling .................. 174-175 Melting Points of Metals ............................................................230
Installation - Fig. 7010 Reducing Coupling ....................... 160-161 Movement-Applications ................................................. 263-266
Installation - Fig. 7011 Standard Coupling ........................ 150-151 NPT Pipe Taps, Drill Sizes ..........................................................223
Installation - Fig. 7012 Gruvlok Flange (14 - 24) ............ 166-167 Other Pipe Data ..........................................................................293
Installation - Fig. 7012 Gruvlok Flange (2 - 12) .............. 162-165 Physical Properties of E60 & E70 Series Electrodes ..................238
Installation - Fig. 7042 Outlet Coupling ............................. 168-169 Pipe & Water Weight/Foot ..........................................................223
Installation - Fig. 7044 Branch Outlet ................................ 172-173 Pipe Alignment................................................................... 221-222
300 www.anvilintl.com
ALPHABETICAL INDEX, CONT'D.
Description ................................................... Page Description ................................................... Page
Pipe Data, Steel ..........................................................................291 Thermal Expansion of Pipe Material ................................... 286-287
Pipe Fitting Symbols .......................................................... 244-248 Thermal Expansion of Piping Material ........................................228
Pipe Hanger Specification .................................................. 281-285 Threaded and Socket Flanges, Slip-on .......................................213
Pipe Preparation ................................................................ 271-273 Torque, Bolt ...............................................................................200
Pipe Sizes & Wall Thicknesses, Commercial ...................... 206-207 Total Thermal Expansion of Piping Material ...............................228
Pipe Support ...................................................................... 274-280 Trouble Shooting Arc Welding Equipment .......................... 239-241
Plain-End Fittings ............................................................... 124-130 Tube Data, Copper......................................................................292
PVC Pipe Support Spacing................................................. 294-295 Typical BTU Values Of Fuels ......................................................229
INDEX
Roll Groovers ..................................................................... 144-145 Typical Pipe Hanger Specification ...................................... 281-285
Slip-on, Threaded and Socket Flanges .......................................213 Unit Conversions .......................................................................233
Sock-It Piping Method Fittings......................................... 133-137 Useful Definitions .............................................................. 231-232
Specific Gravity Of Gases ..........................................................229 Vacume Service .........................................................................259
Specific Gravity Of Liquids ........................................................229 Valves & Accessories ........................................................... 83-109
Specified Bolt Torque .................................................................200 Wall Thicknesses & Pipe Sizes, Commercial ...................... 206-207
Sprinkler System Formulas .......................................................235 Water Pressure To Feet Head .....................................................225
Stainless Steel Method....................................................... 138-143 Weight/Foot - Seamless Brass & Copper Pipe ...........................224
Standard Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts ........................213 Weights of Metals ......................................................................228
Standard Conversions ...............................................................236 Weld Fitting 90 Elbow, 180 Return, 45 Elbow .......................209
Standard Pipe Data ....................................................................208 Weld Fitting Reducers & Reducing Outlet Tees ..........................211
Steel Pipe Data ...........................................................................291 Weld Fitting Tee, Cap, Cross, Stub End ......................................210
Symbols For Pipe Fittings ................................................. 244-248 Weld Fitting Welding Neck Flanges ............................................212
Tap & Drill Sizes .........................................................................223 Wire Rope .......................................................................... 249-251
Technical Information ....................................................... 201-298
INDEX
7060P Plain End Tee ..........................................................125 7075 Bull Plug ...................................................................68
7060SS Stainless Steel Tees ................................................141 7076 GR x Thd Concentric Reducers .................................51
7060 Tee ............................................................................50 7077P Plain End Swaged Nipples ......................................130
7061P Plain End Reducing Tee ..........................................127 7077 Swaged Nipples (GR xGR) ........................................54
7061SS Stainless Steel Reducing Tees ................................142 7078 Swaged Nipples (GR xTHD) ......................................54
7061 Reducing Tee Standard ....................................... 45-47 7079 Swaged Nipples (GR xBEV) ......................................54
7062 Bullhead Tee Specialty Tees (GR x GR x FPT) ...........70 7080P Adapter Nipple (Plain x GR) ....................................129
7063 Tee w/ Threaded Branch ...........................................44 7080 Adapter Nipple (GR xGR) .........................................69
7064 Reducing Tee w/ Threaded Branch...................... 48-49 7081P Adapter Nipple (Plain x THD) ..................................129
7065 Standpipe Tee (GR x GR x FPT) ................................70 7081 Adapter Nipple (GR xMPT) ......................................69
7066 Tee Wye .............................................................. 60-61 7082P Adapter Nipple (Plain x BEV) ..................................129
7067 Reducing Tee Wye ....................................................62 7082 Adapter Nipple (GR xBEV) ........................................69
7068EG High Pressure Cross ...............................................111 7084P Flange Nipples (Plain x #150 FL) ............................129
7068P Plain End Cross ......................................................126 7084 Flange Nipples (GR x #150 FL) .................................66
7068 Cross .......................................................................68 7085P Flange Nipples (Plain x #300 FL) ............................129
7069P Plain End 45 Lateral ..............................................126 7085 Flange Nipples (GR x #300 FL) .................................66
7069 45 Lateral ................................................................57 7086 HOSE Nipples (GR x Hose) .......................................69
7070 45 Reducing Lateral ......................................... 58-59 7087 Female Thread Adapter (GR x FPT) ...........................65
ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 303
FIGURE NUMBER INDEX, CONT'D.
Fig. No. Description ..................................... Page Fig. No. Description ..................................... Page
7088 DI-LOK Nipple (GR xTHD) ....................................123 7560 Copper Tees ............................................................116
7089 DI-LOK Nipple (GR xGR) ......................................123 7561A Copper Reducing Tee (GR x GR x Gr) ....................118
7090 DI-LOK Nipple (THD xTHD) ..................................123 7564A Copper Reducing Tee (GR x GR x CUP) .................118
7091 End of the Line ..........................................................72 7572 Copper Concentric Reducer (GR x Gr) ...................117
7097 Eccentric Reducers ............................................. 52-53 7574 Copper End Caps ....................................................110
7100 Sock-It 90 Elbow ................................ 133, 182-183 7575 Copper Reducing Adapter (GR x CUP) ...................120
7101 Sock-It 90 Reducing Elbow ................ 134, 182-183 7582 Copper Transition Fitting .........................................120
7103 Sock-It Straight Tee .............................. 133, 182-183 7600 Butterfly Valve...........................................................85
7105 Sock-It Reducing Outlet Tee ................ 135, 182-183 7700 Butterfly Valve..................................................... 83-84
INDEX
7106 Sock-It Reducing Tee ........................... 136, 182-183 7800 Check Valves.............................................................92
7107 Sock-It Coupling ................................... 137, 182-183 8000GR Butterfly Valve...........................................................86
7240 Expansion Joints.......................................................25 AF21-FF Flex Connectors (FL xFL) ........................ 109, 190-191
7250 Suction Diffuser .............................................. 102-104 AF21-GF Flex Connectors (GR x FL) ...................... 108, 190-191
7260 Tee Strainer......................................................... 98-99 AF21-GG Flex Connector (GR x GR) ....................... 107, 190-191
7305 HDPE Coupling ....................................... 131, 176-177 FTV-A Tri-Service Valves (Angle) ................................... 96-97
7307 HDPE Transition Coupling ....................... 131, 178-179 FTV-S Tri-Service Valves (Straight) ............................... 96-97
7312 HDPE Flange Adapter .............................. 132, 180-181 GAV-15 Automatic Air Vents ...............................................105
7400SS Stainless Steel Rigidlite Coupling .........................138 GAV-30 Automatic Air Vents ...............................................106
7400 Rigidlite Coupling ...................... 16-17, 113, 156-157 GBV-A Balancing Valves (Angle) .................................... 93-94
7401 Rigidlok Coupling .............................. 12-13, 152-153 GBV-G Balancing Valves (Straight) ................................. 93-94
7450 90 Short Pattern Elbow ...........................................73 GBV-S Circuit Balancing Valves (Sweat) .............. 95, 184-189
7460 Short Pattern Tee ......................................................73 GBV-T Circuit Balancing Valves (Threaded) ......... 95, 184-189
7500B Grooved-End Bronze Copper Ball Valve .......... 121-122
7500SS Stainless Steel Grooved-End Ball Valve........... 139-140
7500 Ball Valves .......................................................... 89-90
7550 Copper 90 Elbow ...................................................116
7551 Copper 45 Elbow ...................................................116
304 www.anvilintl.com
PIPE HANGERS & ANVIL DESIGN GRUVLOK
SUPPORT CATALOG SERVICES BROCHURE CATALOG
ORDER DOCUMENT ORDER DOCUMENT ORDER DOCUMENT
#165 #105 #040